TIDMRMG

RNS Number : 0511R

Royal Mail PLC

25 June 2020

Royal Mail plc

(Incorporated in England and Wales)

Company Number: 8680755

LSE Share Code: RMG

ISIN: GB00BDVZYZ77

LEI: 213800TCZZU84G8Z2M70

This announcement contains inside information for the purpose of Article 7 of the Market Abuse Regulation (EU) No 596/2014.

FINANCIAL RESULTS

25 June 2020

ROYAL MAIL PLC

RESULTS FOR THE FULL YEARED 29 MARCH 2020

Royal Mail plc (RMG.L) is today announcing its Results for the full year ended 29 March 2020 and providing an update on trading since the year end.

Keith Williams, interim Executive Chair, Royal Mail Group, commented: "In recent years, our UK business has not adapted quickly enough to the changes in our marketplace of more parcels and fewer letters. COVID-19 has accelerated those trends, presenting additional challenges.

"We are implementing a three-step plan. Firstly, we're taking immediate action on costs, which will result in a GBP130 million saving in people costs next year and flat non-people costs, along with a reduction of around GBP300 million in capex across the Group over the next two years, to address the immediate impact of COVID-19. Regrettably, we are also proposing a management restructure impacting around 2,000 roles. We are committed to conducting the upcoming consultation process carefully and sensitively. We will work closely with our managers and their representatives during this difficult period, including supporting them as they transition into the next stage in their careers.

"Secondly, we're accelerating the pace of operational change in the UK to address long-standing challenges and be sustainable for the long term. Thirdly, we're working with all stakeholders to underpin the USO to ensure it reflects user needs and is modern, contemporary and sustainable. We want to ensure Royal Mail remains a key part of the UK economy, a good employer, and the nation's delivery partner of choice.

"At GLS, we are capitalising on growth opportunities in parcels, protecting margin in the short term with opportunities for margin expansion in the future. At the same time, we are seeking to improve performance in key markets. We will focus investment on growing markets, and improve cashflow.

"Royal Mail and GLS are different businesses, with different strategies. At Royal Mail, our focus is on a step change in transformation; at GLS we aim to continue to grow. Our new structure brings more focus and accountability and whilst there are few synergies today between Royal Mail and GLS, in the medium term an international presence is clearly important, and the opportunity remains to create more value for shareholders. Given the challenges of the current year, the Board does not intend to pay any dividend in relation to 2020-21, but our ambition is to re-commence dividend payments in 2021-22, supported by GLS.

"Finally, I'd like to offer my profound thanks to all my colleagues across the Group. Our UK postmen and women are playing a crucial role in mitigating the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. They are key workers on the frontline. Our GLS colleagues have also gone the extra mile in the many countries in which they operate to support their customers and communities."

Financial and operational highlights

Reported Group Financial summary(1,2)

 
Reported results (GBPm)       52 weeks  53 weeks 
                                 March     March 
                                  2020      2019 
----------------------------  --------  -------- 
Revenue                         10,840    10,581 
----------------------------  --------  -------- 
Operating profit before 
 specific items                    217       341 
----------------------------  --------  -------- 
Profit before tax                  180       241 
----------------------------  --------  -------- 
Ha Basic earnings per share 
 (pence)                          16.1      17.5 
----------------------------  --------  -------- 
Dividend per share (pence)         7.5      25.0 
----------------------------  --------  -------- 
 

-- Group revenue increased by GBP259 million, or GBP396 million after adjusting for the 53(rd) week in 2018-19.

   --      Reported operating profit before specific items down GBP124 million, driven by lower UKPIL profitability. 

-- Dividend per share of 7.5p reflects Board decision not to recommend final dividend for 2019-20.

-- Total liquidity (including undrawn committed facilities) of around GBP1.9 billion. Includes GBP925 million syndicated bank loan facility of which GBP225 million is undrawn.

-- Operating specific items charge of GBP162 million, down GBP19 million. Includes GBP91 million non-cash impairment with respect to Parcelforce Worldwide.

Adjusted Group Financial summary(1,2)

 
                                  52 weeks     53 weeks     52 weeks    Change 
Adjusted results (GBPm)         March 2020   March 2019   March 2019         3 
-----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -------- 
Revenue                             10,840       10,581       10,444      3.8% 
-----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -------- 
Operating profit                       325          411          376   (13.6%) 
-----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -------- 
Margin                                3.0%         3.9%         3.6%  (60 bps) 
-----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -------- 
Profit before tax                      275          398 
-----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -------- 
Basic earnings per share 
 (pence)                              19.6         30.5 
-----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -------- 
In-year trading cash flow(4)           556          117 
-----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -------- 
Net debt                          (1,132)*      (300)** 
-----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -------- 
Net debt (excluding IFRS 
 16 impacts)                         (46)*      (300)** 
-----------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -------- 
 

* As at 29 March 2020; ** As at 31 March 2019

Group

-- Adjusted operating profit of GBP325 million, down 13.6 per cent. GBP312 million excluding impact of IFRS 16, within forecast range of GBP300-340 million.

   --      Adjusted margin down 60 basis points, due primarily to significant cost headwinds in UKPIL. 

-- In-year trading cash flow of GBP556 million, due to positive impact of IFRS 16 (GBP141 million), working capital inflow and lower capital expenditure.

   --      Net debt increased to GBP1,132 million, mainly due to IFRS 16. 

Business units(1,2)

 
GBPm                               Revenue                     Adjusted operating profit 
-------------------  -----------------------------------  ----------------------------------- 
                        52 weeks     52 weeks  Change(3)     52 weeks     52 weeks  Change(3) 
                      March 2020   March 2019              March 2020   March 2019 
-------------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------  --------- 
Royal Mail (UKPIL)         7,720        7,595       1.6%          117          199    (41.2%) 
GLS                        3,161        2,888      a9.5%          208          177      17.5% 
Intragroup                  (41)         (39)       5.1%            -            -          - 
===================  ===========  ===========  =========  ===========  ===========  ========= 
Group                     10,840       10,444       3.8%          325          376    (13.6%) 
 

Royal Mail (UKPIL)

-- Parcel volumes up 2 per cent, lower than expected, due to threat of industrial action (Q3) and impact of COVID-19 on international import volumes (Q4). Parcel revenue up 4.6 per cent, due to targeted pricing actions.

-- Addressed letter volumes (excluding election mailings) down eight per cent, in line with guidance provided in Q3 trading update. Total letter revenue down 0.9 per cent, benefitting from two elections in the period and targeted price increases.

   --      GBP188 million of costs avoided, in line with guidance of GBP150-200 million. 

-- Productivity improvement of 1.0 per cent, below our original target of over 2 per cent. Due to necessary additional investment to protect quality in Q3 and COVID-19.

-- Adjusted operating costs up 2.8 per cent, driven by increased distribution and conveyance and people costs, including service quality measures.

-- Adjusted operating profit margin of 1.5 per cent (down 110 basis points) reflects lower UKPIL profitability.

GLS

-- Volumes up 4 per cent excluding acquisitions, or 5 per cent including acquisitions. Revenue grew 6.3 per cent excluding acquisitions, or 9.5 per cent including acquisitions.

-- Adjusted operating profit including acquisitions of GBP208 million, up 17.5 per cent. Up 13.5 per cent excluding acquisitions.

-- Adjusted operating profit margin of 6.6 per cent, up 50 basis points compared with prior period. In line with 6-7 per cent annual target range.

Current trading (first two months of 2020-21)

Royal Mail (UKPIL)

-- Revenue down GBP29 million, year-on-year. Excluding impact of European Parliamentary Elections in prior year, revenue broadly flat.

-- Addressed letter revenue down 23 per cent (excluding elections); volumes (excluding elections) down 33 per cent. Advertising mail volumes down 63 per cent, significantly impacted by COVID-19. Business mail volumes more resilient; down 19 per cent.

   --      Parcel volume and revenue growth of 37 per cent and 28 per cent, respectively. 

-- UK domestic account volumes (excluding Amazon) up 65 per cent. Cumulative growth in tracked products, mainly consisting of Tracked 24(R)/48(R) and Tracked Returns(R), of 76 per cent.

-- Total costs up GBP80 million, driven by overtime and agency resource costs due to high levels of absence, social distancing measures, protective equipment and parcel related volume costs.

-- Operating profit down GBP108 million, year on year (including benefit of May 2019 election).

UK initiatives

-- Taking action on two initiatives (management restructure and non-people costs) to deliver annual operating profit benefit in 2021-22 of GBP330 million.

-- Management restructure, subject to consultation, targeting a reduction of c.2,000 roles out of a total population of c.9.700. Largest reductions in senior executive roles and non-operational functions. Expected to cost around GBP150 million, targeting annual benefit of GBP130 million in 2021-22.

-- Targeting flat non-people costs, excluding depreciation, in 2021-22 versus 2019-20, with GBP200 million annual savings in 2021-22 offset by increases in parcel volume related costs.

-- We are seeking to open talks with CWU on the need for change, future pay, and to address the issues raised in the ongoing industrial dispute. We expect that any pay inflation will be funded from productivity improvement cumulatively to March 2022.

-- Capital expenditure review and reprioritisation: GBP250 million reduction across 2020-21 and 2021-22. Investment continues at higher than historical levels, including in parcel automation and hubs.

-- Following the impairment of Parcelforce Worldwide assets, we expect depreciation charges in the UK to be broadly flat in 2020-21 versus 2019-20.

   --      No annual bonus for Executive Directors and Royal Mail executives in 2019-20. 

GLS

-- Increased volatility - B2C volumes have grown in most markets following onset of COVID-19. B2B volumes negatively impacted.

   --      Revenue up 15 per cent including acquisitions, driven by growth in B2C. 
   --      Operating profit margin improvement of 1.4 per cent. 

GLS initiatives

   --      Shift from B2B to B2C brings cost pressures - adopting a local market by market approach 

-- Implemented various measures to support network stability and quality. Focus on pricing, productivity and digital tools.

   --      Reviewing improvement plans for key focus markets. 

Outlook 2020-21 and beyond

Financial outlook and scenarios

   --      Unprecedented nature of pandemic means outlook is challenging and volatile. 

-- Continue to expect Royal Mail (UKPIL) to be materially loss-making in 2020-21. GLS profitability may potentially be reduced.

-- Two scenarios for 2020-21 set out how the businesses could perform under certain sets of assumptions, but these are not guidance or forecasts.

-- Scenario 1: assumes a UK GDP decline of 10 per cent for 2020-21 and COVID-19 restrictions continue to ease post June. Royal Mail (UKPIL) revenue GBP200 to GBP250 million lower year-on-year, with GBP140 million of additional costs related to COVID-19 and GBP110 million due to higher parcel volumes. GLS revenue growth 5-7 per cent, operating margin of around 6 per cent.

-- Scenario 2: assumes a deeper recession, with a UK GDP decline of 15 per cent for 2020-21. Royal Mail (UKPIL) revenue GBP500 to GBP600 million lower year-on-year, with GBP155 million of additional COVID-19 related costs and GBP100 million of costs associated with higher parcel volumes. GLS revenue growth of 0-2 per cent, operating margin of around 5 per cent.

Dividend and balance sheet

   --      No final dividend recommended for 2019-20. 

-- No dividend expected to be paid in respect of 2020-21. Ambition to re-commence dividend payments in 2021-22, supported by GLS.

-- Strong balance sheet: total liquidity, including undrawn committed facilities, around GBP1.9 billion. Under both scenarios above, balance sheet and liquidity would be robust, with access to sufficient cash and unutilised facilities.

   --      The Group will provide a further update at its AGM on 8 September 2020. 

Results presentation

A results webcast presentation for analysts and institutional investors will be held at 9:00am on Thursday 25 June 2020 at www.royalmailgroup.com/results.

For further information, please contact:

Investor Relations

John Crosse

Phone: 020 7449 8183

Email: investorrelations@royalmail.com

Company Secretariat

Mark Amsden

Phone: 020 7449 8289

Email: cosec@royalmail.com

Media

Shane O'Riordain

Phone: 07770 544585

Email: shane.oriordain@royalmail.com

Beth Longcroft

Phone: 07435 768 549

Email: beth.longcroft@royalmail.com

Royal Mail press office out of hours: 020 7449 8246

Footnotes - Financial and Operational Highlights

1. Reported results are in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Adjusted results exclude the pension charge to cash difference adjustment (2019-20: GBP108 million; 2018-19: GBP70 million) and specific items (2019-20: GBP13 million credit; 2018-19: GBP87 million charge), consistent with the way financial performance is measured by Management and reported to the Board.

2. For further details of reported results, adjusted and Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) used in the Financial Review for the full year ended 29 March 2020, including reconciliations to the

closest IFRS measures where appropriate, see the section entitled 'Presentation of results and Alternative Performance Measures'.

3. Comparisons with the prior year are against the adjusted 52 week results and are no longer presented on an underlying basis. All percentage changes represent the movement between the results as presented. Any factors having a material impact on year-on-year comparisons are highlighted in the narrative to the results.

4. In-year trading cash flow reflects the cash generated from the trading activities of the Group. It is based on reported net cash inflow from operating activities, adjusted to exclude other working capital movements and the cash cost of operating specific items and to include the cash cost of property, plant and equipment and intangible asset acquisitions and net finance payments.

UK management initiatives

We have a plan to ensure Royal Mail remains a key part of our economy, a good employer, and the UK's delivery partner of choice. Delivering it requires a step change in the number of major initiatives we can successfully deliver in a short period of time.

Our plan consists of three main strands:

   --      Continuing to address the key challenges posed by COVID-19; 
   --      Accelerating the pace of change in the UK, working closely with our unions; and 

-- Working with Ofcom and Government to ensure a financially-sustainable USO for the 21(st) Century.

In this section, we address the first strand, which is about tackling the impact of COVID-19.

Continuing to address the key challenges posed by COVID-19

We have already announced steps to underpin our financial position. We have not recommended a final dividend for 2019-20. No dividend is expected to be paid in respect of 2020-21. We are not paying annual bonuses to Executive Directors and Royal Mail executives for 2019-20.

Today, we are also announcing two new initiatives we expect to collectively deliver an annual operating profit benefit in 2021-22 of GBP330 million. They are: i) a proposed UK management restructure; and ii) a target of flat non people costs, excluding depreciation, in 2021-22 versus 2019-20. A review of capital expenditure has resulted in a reduction in Royal Mail (UKPIL) planned expenditure of around GBP250 million across 2020-21 and 2021-22.

i) Management restructure

We have taken the difficult decision to consult Unite/CMA on a proposal to reduce, on a phased basis, the number of UK management roles by around 2,000 this financial year. As part of this, around half of Royal Mail's senior leaders and most senior managers are expected to leave the Company in the next few months. The majority of overall impacted roles are expected to be in central and support areas, rather than in our field operations. We were already talking informally to Unite/CMA about these changes and will now start formal consultation.

This necessary change is about making us a leaner, more focused company. But, that does not detract from the fact that many hard working, highly valued colleagues are expected to leave our business. We are committed to conducting the consultation process carefully and sensitively, working closely with our people and their representatives. We will provide those leaving the business with a package of support to help them transition to the next stage in their career, including life beyond Royal Mail. This will include outplacement services such as CV writing, interview preparation, career choices and clarity on personal ambitions. This proposal is expected to cost GBP150 million. Subject to consultation, we expect to deliver annual benefits of GBP130 million in 2021-22.

ii) Flat non-people costs

We are targeting flat non-people costs, excluding depreciation, in 2021-22 versus 2019-20, with GBP200 million annual savings in 2021-22 offset by increases in parcel volume related costs. This will be achieved through a number of activities, focused on procurement, administrative costs and demand management.

iii) Capital expenditure review

A comprehensive review of UK capital expenditure means we will reduce spend in this area by around GBP250 million across 2020-21 and 2021-22. This will be through a combination of cancelling some projects, and deferring others.

We remain committed to our UK transformation programme and a substantial level of capital expenditure required to achieve it. Alongside our continued focus on rolling out parcel automation, we expect two new dedicated parcel hubs to service some of our traffic. We will keep under review when we will need a third hub.

Scenarios assessing the potential impacts of COVID-19 on trading for the year ending 28 March 2021

Towards the end of 2019-20, COVID-19 meant we saw strong UK parcel e-commerce volumes, offset by significant reductions in letter volumes, especially advertising mail. Imports were heavily impacted in our International parcels business. In addition, we incurred costs in relation to overtime, social distancing and protective equipment.

We have evaluated the possible implications for Royal Mail (UKPIL) and GLS resulting from COVID-19 for the financial year ending 28 March 2021. Since the crisis started, there have been material changes in the volume trends for both letters and parcels in the UK, and for parcels in GLS. Additionally, we now expect a deep recession in the UK and internationally during 2020.

Given the unprecedented level of uncertainty, we are unable to provide specific guidance for 2020-21. Instead, we have summarised the impacts of COVID-19 on our business during the two-month period to the end of May 2020, and we have quantified two future scenarios for the financial year 2020-21 to illustrate a range of potential impacts COVID-19 may have on our trading performance. These scenarios do not represent Management's view or outlook and are only provided for illustrative purposes.

1. Impacts of COVID-19 from 29 March 2020 to end of May 2020

Royal Mail (UKPIL)

In the UK, the country went into lockdown on 23 March 2020, one week before our year end. The impacts on our business resulting from COVID-19 are therefore most material in the period following the year end date.

Laid out below are the principal impacts on our UKPIL trading performance in April and May 2020, during lockdown.

 
                                                         2019-20 trend  April 2020  May 2020  2 months to end May 2020 
                                                              (%)           (%)        (%)               (%) 
-------------------------------------------------------  -------------  ----------  --------  ------------------------ 
Addressed letter volume decline (excluding elections)         (8)          (33)       (33)              (33) 
-------------------------------------------------------  -------------  ----------  --------  ------------------------ 
Parcel volume growth                                          +2           +31        +44               +37 
-------------------------------------------------------  -------------  ----------  --------  ------------------------ 
 
Below summarises the key income statement impacts of COVID-19           April 2020  May 2020  2 months to end May 2020 
                                                                          (GBPm)     (GBPm)            (GBPm) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  --------  ------------------------ 
Year on year UKPIL revenue change                                          (22)       (7)*             (29)* 
-------------------------------------------------------  -------------  ----------  --------  ------------------------ 
Incremental overtime / agency costs, including social 
 distancing costs                                                          (25)       (15)              (40) 
-------------------------------------------------------  -------------  ----------  --------  ------------------------ 
Incremental protective equipment costs                                     (8)        (5)               (13) 
-------------------------------------------------------  -------------  ----------  --------  ------------------------ 
UKPIL year on year operating profit deterioration                          (60)      (48)*             (108)* 
-------------------------------------------------------  -------------  ----------  --------  ------------------------ 
 

* May 2019 included the revenue and profits associated with the European elections, and this has contributed to the year on year impact. This is not adjusted in the figures reported above.

We exceeded our regulatory Quality of Service target for Second Class mail in the 2019-20 financial year, but we missed our target for First Class mail. Until 15 March 2020, we believe we were meeting our First Class target, with a performance of 93.0 per cent. During the fourth quarter of the financial year, our First Class performance was 93.2 per cent, excluding COVID-19. However, including the impact of COVID-19 it was 91.6 per cent. We have been unable to measure our Quality of Service since lockdown began in the UK.

GLS

In GLS, B2C volumes have grown materially in most markets following the onset of COVID-19, whilst B2B volumes have been negatively impacted as businesses were forced to close. Overall, revenue and volume performance has remained good, and margins have improved versus prior year. In the near term, a combination of the recessionary environment and the higher unit costs of delivery associated with B2C parcels may have negative implications for margins.

Below summarises GLS trading performance in April and May 2020.

 
                                                       April 2020 (%)  May 2020 (%)  2 months to end May 2020 (%) 
-----------------------------------------------------  --------------  ------------  ---------------------------- 
Year on year GLS revenue change                             +14            +16                   +15 
-----------------------------------------------------  --------------  ------------  ---------------------------- 
Year on year GLS operating profit margin improvement        +1.2           +1.5                  +1.4 
-----------------------------------------------------  --------------  ------------  ---------------------------- 
 

2. 2020-21 Scenarios

We have evaluated the impacts that COVID-19 may have on 2020-21 trading under two scenarios.

Scenario 1: Lockdown in the UK continues to ease, with the progressive re-opening of businesses, leisure activities and schools in line with Government guidance. A material recession results in GDP declining by 10 per cent for the financial year 2020-21, which disproportionately impacts advertising mail. In GLS, parcel volume and revenue growth remains good, with impact to margins effectively managed as the mix moves to a higher proportion of B2C.

Scenario 2: Lockdown in the UK continues to ease, with the progressive re-opening of businesses, leisure activities and schools. A deeper, more protracted recession hits the global economy (resulting in a GDP decline of 15 per cent in the UK in the 2020-21 financial year). A further lockdown is assumed during the autumn / winter in the UK. Letter volumes are severely impacted throughout the year, and whilst parcel volumes benefit from a second lockdown period, the benefit is restricted due to network capacity over the peak trading period and as a result of reduced consumer spending power. In GLS, whilst revenue and volume performance remains good, margins are impacted by a stepped increase in B2C parcels, which carry a higher unit cost of delivery.

Scenario 2 is consistent with the stress test applied in assessing viability for the business, although the full viability assessment also contemplated the impacts of industrial action in the UK.

In assessing the financial impact of the scenarios, we have made assumptions with respect to how the revenue trends and incremental costs associated with COVID-19 may be impacted throughout the year.

Royal Mail (UKPIL)

 
                                                                                       HY1       HY2        2020-21 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------  ------------- 
Scenario 1 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Letter revenue decline                                                                (22%)     (11%)        (16%) 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------  ------------- 
Parcel revenue growth                                                                  20%        5%          12% 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------  ------------- 
Domestic parcels revenue                                                               24%        8%          15% 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------  ------------- 
International parcels revenue                                                           2%       (7%)        (3%) 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------  ------------- 
UKPIL revenue decline*                                                                                   (GBP200-250m) 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------  ------------- 
Net costs of mix change from letters to parcels                                      (GBP70m)  (GBP40m)    (GBP110m) 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------  ------------- 
Incremental costs of absence, social distancing, protective equipment and other 
COVID-19 costs                                                                       (GBP80m)  (GBP60m)    (GBP140m) 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------  ------------- 
*Not adjusted for the impact of elections in 2019-20 
 
 Full year letter revenue decline of 16 per cent, with the weighting of volume loss towards 
 lower average unit revenue advertising mail services. Letter volumes slowly recover through 
 the year, following the easing of lockdown. But, the recession that follows, coupled with 
 some customer behavioural change, means that the decline rate remains significantly higher 
 than the norm. 
 
 Parcel revenue growth of 12 per cent, with the weighting of volume growth towards lower average 
 unit revenue account parcels. The high account parcel growth experienced during lockdown reduces 
 through the year as high street retailers re-open, although volume growth remains higher than 
 normal as social distancing and consumer nervousness remains, with some permanent behavioural 
 change as online retail penetration accelerates. Total parcel revenue growth rate is negatively 
 impacted by revenue declines in International parcels, as the impacts of material price increases 
 on international delivery and increased friction following Brexit reduce traffic. 
 
 The accelerated growth in parcel volumes requires investment in additional manual sortation 
 resource and incremental logistics costs. 
 
 The 'one off' impacts of COVID-19, including higher than usual absence levels, the provision 
 of protective equipment, the higher costs associated with the deployment of social distancing 
 measures, together with increasing provision for bad debts, increases operational costs in 
 the year. 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                                       HY1       HY2        2020-21 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------  ------------- 
Scenario 2 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Letter revenue decline                                                                (22%)     (22%)        (22%) 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------  ------------- 
Parcel revenue growth                                                                  17%        4%          10% 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------  ------------- 
Domestic parcels revenue                                                               22%        9%          15% 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------  ------------- 
International parcels revenue                                                           1%      (11%)        (6%) 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------  ------------- 
UKPIL revenue decline*                                                                                   (GBP500-600m) 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------  ------------- 
Net cost of mix change from letters to parcels                                       (GBP65m)  (GBP35m)    (GBP100m) 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------  ------------- 
Incremental costs of absence, social distancing, additional protective equipment 
 and other 
 COVID-19 costs                                                                      (GBP85m)  (GBP70m)    (GBP155m) 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------  ------------- 
*Not adjusted for the impact of elections in 2019-20 
 
 Letter revenue decline of 22 per cent, with the weighting of volume loss towards lower average 
 unit revenue advertising mail services. The combination of a severe recession and the impacts 
 of a second lockdown in the autumn / winter mean that letter volumes remain materially impacted 
 across the year. 
 
 Parcel revenue growth of 10 per cent due to weighting of volume growth towards lower average 
 unit revenue account parcels. The high account parcel growth experienced during lockdown reduces 
 as high street retailers re-open. A further lockdown in the autumn / winter does not drive 
 the same growth in volumes, as network capacity is restricted in our busiest trading period. 
 Volume growth remains higher than normal as social distancing and consumer nervousness remain, 
 with some permanent behavioural change as online retail penetration accelerates. Total parcel 
 volume growth rate is negatively impacted by volume declines in International parcels, as 
 the impacts of material price increases on international delivery and increased friction following 
 Brexit reduce traffic. 
 
 The accelerated growth in parcels volumes requires investment in additional manual sortation 
 resource and incremental logistics costs. 
 
 The 'one off' impacts of COVID-19, including higher than usual absence levels, the provision 
 of protective equipment and the higher costs associated with the deployment of social distancing 
 measures, increases the operational costs in the year. 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 

GLS

 
                                               HY1                  HY2              2020-21 
--------------------------------------  ------------------  -------------------  --------------- 
Scenario 1 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
Revenue growth rate                         8% to 12%           Flat to 2%          5% to 7% 
--------------------------------------  ------------------  -------------------  --------------- 
Margin                                                                                c. 6% 
--------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------  --------------- 
The business is able to successfully respond to the swing in mix towards B2C and preserve 
 margins of around 6%. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
 
 
                                       HY1                    HY2                    2020-21 
------------------------------  -----------------  -------------------------  --------------------- 
Scenario 2 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Revenue change                      7% to 9%             Flat to (5%)              Flat to 2% 
------------------------------  -----------------  -------------------------  --------------------- 
Margin                                                                                c.5% 
------------------------------  --------------------------------------------  --------------------- 
A more significant impact driven by stronger volume decline, leading to higher cost and price 
 pressure. 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 

Mitigating actions

In order to preserve cash, a number of short-term mitigating actions have already been taken in response to the COVID-19 crisis.

 
                                                                     Expected saving in 2020-21 (GBPm) 
No dividend paid in 2020-21                                                         150 
                                                                     --------------------------------- 
Capital programmes ceased or paused                                                c.175 
                                                                     --------------------------------- 
Bonus cancelled for senior managers and reduced for other managers                  30 
                                                                     --------------------------------- 
 

At the same time, we have concluded talks with our banks who have agreed to relax the covenant restriction on our loan facility. The previous covenants have been removed for the next three testing dates (September 2020 and 2021, and March 2021) and replaced with a basic liquidity covenant. The viability assessment and statement has been made in the light of this amendment.

The cash which has been preserved will, subject to satisfactory business performance in the coming period, be diverted into investment in restructuring initiatives.

Interim Executive Chair's statement

On 15 May 2020, Keith Williams assumed the role of interim Executive Chair, Royal Mail Group. This section deals with the strategic challenges the Group is seeking to address. It also covers the governance, market and societal changes that impacted the Group during 2019-20. An update on our commercial, operating and financial performance can be found in the Business review 2019-20.

Introduction

These are extraordinary times.

When I became Chair in May 2019, who could have predicted the COVID-19 pandemic, which has impacted the markets in which we operate, and countless people, communities and countries across the globe, in such a short time? I would like to take this opportunity, on behalf of the Board, to express our deepest condolences to the families of those who have lost their lives to COVID-19, including the families of some of our own employees.

In recent weeks, we have also announced Executive changes, including the departure of Group CEO, Rico Back. We have restructured our management to improve the position of our two main businesses - Royal Mail (UKPIL) and GLS - recognising their different market positions and strategies. This includes the appointment of Stuart Simpson as interim CEO of Royal Mail. I have assumed the role of interim Executive Chair to lead discussions with stakeholders about an accelerated pace of change across the business. I stepped down from our Remuneration Committee when I took on this interim role.

We have today announced that Martin Seidenberg has been appointed CEO of GLS, with immediate effect. Martin joined GLS in 2015 as CEO of GLS Germany. He became GLS Group Area Managing Director, GLS Germany and Parcelforce Worldwide, in 2018. Prior to joining the Group, Martin spent 15 years at Deutsche Post DHL, where he held a variety of logistics and parcel business related roles.

Martin will report directly to me in my role as interim Executive Chair. To ensure greater focus, he will report directly to the Board once I return to the Chair's role.

James Rietkerk has today stepped down as GLS Chief Executive Officer. James has served as GLS Chief Executive Officer since June 2018. Prior to that, he was GLS Chief Financial Officer since April 2001. James has made a significant contribution to Royal Mail over his 19 years with us. He has been instrumental in growing and building GLS into the business that it is today. He leaves GLS in excellent shape, having delivered record results in 2019-20, and a strong start to 2020-21. On behalf of the Board, I would like to extend my thanks to James and wish him well in the future.

The Board and I are cognisant of the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code with respect to my current role. It is an interim appointment, for a short time only. I expect to remain in the Executive Chair role until a permanent CEO of Royal Mail is appointed. And, of course, in the interim, Royal Mail Group is my single biggest commitment.

Thank you

In a moment, I will deal with our key strategic themes. Before I do, I want to say thank you to our stakeholders, during what has been the most significant disruption to our lives, businesses and the financial markets, since the Second World War.

First and foremost, I want to offer my profound thanks to all my colleagues across the Group. Our UK postmen and women are playing a crucial role in mitigating the impact of the pandemic. They are key workers on the frontline. Our GLS colleagues have also gone the extra mile in the many countries in which they operate to support their customers and communities.

Simply put, the efforts of our people across the Group are humbling. On behalf of the Board, I want to say thank you to each and every one of them.

Strategic themes

As we have previously announced, we continue to expect Royal Mail (UKPIL) to be materially loss-making in 2020-21. GLS profitability may potentially be reduced in 2020-21.

Royal Mail (UKPIL)

In reality, our UK business has been facing significant headwinds for some years. We have not always been as agile as we might have liked when responding to change in the marketplace and customer needs. Operationally, our heritage as a letters-focused business means we are not as well positioned as we would like to handle fewer letters and more parcels. These factors, alongside cost increases, are driving significant financial pressures.

The COVID-19 pandemic presents new, fundamental, challenges to our business model - and to those of our customers. Ensuring a sustainable, contemporary Universal Service requires us to respond to this unprecedented global crisis, as well as adapting to the changing realities of our marketplace.

Clearly, the unprecedented nature of the COVID-19 pandemic means the outlook is difficult and volatile. To assist our stakeholders, we have introduced a scenario-based stress test. This is about outlining what our business performance might look like against certain base-case assumptions at a particular point in time. We hope this is helpful; although it is not, of course, either a specific forecast or guidance in its own right.

In response to the scenarios, we have a plan to ensure Royal Mail remains a key part of the UK economy, a good employer, and the nation's delivery partner of choice. Delivering it requires a step change in the number of major initiatives we can successfully deliver in a short period of time.

Firstly, we are going to continue to tackle the challenges posed by COVID-19. We are implementing a range of immediate cost control activities and reducing capital expenditure in a measured way. Regrettably, one of these measures could see around 2,000 of our managers leave our business. This is subject to consultation with Unite/CMA. Change of this nature is never easy. But, we have a good track record of managing these programmes carefully and sensitively. We will provide anyone leaving the business with a support package to help them transition to the next stage in their career, including life beyond Royal Mail.

Secondly, we are accelerating the pace of change in the UK to address the longstanding challenges we face, created by fundamental shifts in the way we communicate (fewer letters) and shop (more B2C parcels).

At the heart of this plan is our intention to move from being a UK-focused letters business that also delivers parcels to an international parcels business that delivers letters in the UK. The rationale underpinning our strategy is, in fact, even more compelling now that we are dealing with the consequences of COVID-19. We believe it is very important to work with our unions to bring about the urgent change needed to deliver our UK strategy. We welcomed and appreciated CWU's statement that the COVID-19 crisis was not the time to take industrial action. We signed a joint statement with the CWU on 15 May in which we awarded a GBP200 payment to our frontline employees to recognise their hard work to keep services running throughout the current COVID-19 pandemic. We continue to engage, on a regular basis and at a senior level, with CWU and Unite/CMA on our plans for change. Our engagement with CWU follows our recent Joint Statement with the union whereby both parties committed to work on setting up a joint framework for talks to seek to resolve our dispute.

Finally, we do not believe that the COVID-19 mitigation measures and the delivery of our transformation plan will be enough, in themselves, to ensure a sustainable future.

We are also working with the Regulator and Government on a review of the USO. This is all about ensuring it is financially underpinned, in a sustainable way, and future-proofed to reflect changing customer needs and preferences. As Ofcom continues its User Needs Review about the Universal Service, we will engage with many stakeholders on the shape of a national USO for the 21st Century. We look forward to the debate and engagement to come.

GLS

Turning to GLS, COVID-19 also presents significant challenges. B2B volumes have been adversely impacted; companies have scaled down their commercial activities. Conversely, we have seen a significant increase in B2C activity. Almost half of GLS's volumes (48 per cent) are now accounted for by B2C; we expect that to grow to around 58 per cent by the end of 2020-21.

Fundamentally, our GLS strategy is about capitalising on growth opportunities in its key markets, while continuing to improve performance in some of the countries in which we operate. This includes France, Spain and the United States, markets where progress is taking longer to realise than initially anticipated. Our aim is to fix performance issues. But, we will consider all options, including exit, for underperforming businesses. The trend towards B2C parcel deliveries in some markets offers us opportunities, as we maintain margins through focused yield management. We will focus investment on growing markets, strengthen our last mile delivery network and broaden alternative delivery options as appropriate.

If we can do all this, we will add to the good cash generation GLS has today. We are focusing on these short term improvements, while looking at longer-term opportunities for the business.

Dividend and balance sheet strength

As previously announced, the Board has decided not to recommend a final dividend for 2019-20.

Royal Mail is one of the most widely-held stocks in the FTSE, with a quarter of our shares owned by retail shareholders, or our colleagues. We recognise many shareholders rely on the income from their shareholdings. We have taken this necessary action in the interests of the longer-term sustainability of our business.

Taking into account the very challenging external environment, the Board is today confirming that we do not expect dividends to be paid in respect of 2020-21. Our ambition is to re-commence dividend payments in 2021-22, supported by GLS.

We have also publicly announced that, as part of a series of measures to maintain our strong financial position, the Board has decided not to award an annual bonus to Executive Directors and Royal Mail executives for 2019-20. In recognition of the role played by our UK frontline staff, around GBP25 million has been set aside to be paid as a cash bonus. Eligible colleagues received a cash recognition award of up to GBP200 in June.

We believe the Group has a strong balance sheet and high levels of liquidity. Our total liquidity, including undrawn committed facilities, stands at around GBP1.9 billion. This includes a GBP925 million syndicated bank loan facility. Our existing covenants have been waived until March 2022 and replaced with a basic liquidity covenant. Under both our stress test scenarios, our balance sheet and liquidity would be robust, with access to sufficient cash and unutilised facilities. We also have the ability to access the UK Government's COVID-19 Corporate Financing Facility if required.

Board changes

In May, we announced that the Board and Rico Back had agreed he would step down as Group CEO and from the Board with immediate effect, leaving Royal Mail on 15 August 2020. Prior to his appointment as Group CEO, Rico was a senior Group Executive and led the development and growth of GLS. On behalf of the Board, I would like to again thank Rico for his contribution to our business.

As previously noted, Stuart Simpson has been appointed interim CEO of Royal Mail. Stuart has spent over a decade at Royal Mail, including three years as Chief Finance Officer and a Board member. We will conduct a comprehensive internal and external search for a permanent CEO of Royal Mail.

We have refreshed and strengthened the Board. Baroness Sarah Hogg joined us in October 2019 as a Non-Executive Director and Senior Independent Director. Sarah brings with her a wealth of experience from the private and public sectors, including strategy, public policy and governance. She is currently Senior Independent Non-Executive Director of the Financial Conduct Authority, having been Chair of 3i Group plc and a Non-Executive Director of other companies, including BG Group Plc and GKN Plc.

Lynne Peacock joined us in November as a Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee, taking over from Simon Thompson, who had assumed this role on an interim basis. Lynne has had a distinguished career, including in regulated industries undergoing extensive transformation. Lynne is currently a Non-Executive Director of TSB Banking Group plc and a Non-Executive Director of Serco Group plc., where she chairs the Remuneration Committee.

Having joined us in May 2019, Michael Findlay and Maria da Cunha's experience have already benefited the Board during a busy and challenging time for the Company.

Finally, I want to pass on my thanks to Les Owen, who stepped down as Chairman on 22 May 2019. Les stepped into the role at a difficult time, showing integrity and leadership, and generously sharing his knowledge and experience. He leaves with my thanks for his considerable contribution; not just to the Board but to Royal Mail as a whole, over many years.

Returning to my comments earlier, in relation to COVID-19, on behalf of the Board, I would like to reiterate my profound thanks to everyone at Royal Mail.

Their dedication, fortitude, and, most of all, their commitment to delivering a little cheer alongside the daily post, has reminded the public of the crucial role we play in a digital world.

Keith Williams

Interim Executive Chair

24 June 2020

Business review 2019-20

This section reviews our financial, commercial and operating performance for the full year to 29 March 2020. Our reported results are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and are set out in the 'Group Results' section of the Financial Review.

In addition to reported results, the Group's performance is also explained through the use of Alternative Performance Measures that are not defined under IFRS. Management is of the view that these measures provide a meaningful basis on which to analyse business performance.

We also provide updates about the impact of COVID-19 on our business.

Review of 2019-20(1)

Looking back at the key elements of our financial performance over a challenging year, we have achieved adjusted Group operating profit of GBP325 million. Excluding the impact of IFRS 16, the performance of GBP312 million was within our target range of GBP300-340 million.

Group revenue was up 3.8 per cent, driven by: GLS revenue growth of 9.5 per cent; UK parcel revenue growth of 4.6 per cent; and better than expected UK letter revenue, due to targeted price increases and the benefit of two elections.

The revenue performance did not offset other financial pressures. Adjusted UKPIL operating costs were up 2.8 per cent, and the same elections that benefited letter revenue meant increased quality investment, contributing to a productivity improvement of 1.0 per cent, below our initial target of over two per cent. Adjusted UKPIL operating profit was down 41.2 per cent.

Focused yield management activities at GLS, including positive developments in average pricing, contributed to strong growth in its adjusted operating profit to GBP208 million. But, adjusted Group operating profit declined by 13.6 per cent.

In-year trading cash flow increased GBP439 million to GBP556 million, due to the positive impact of IFRS 16 (GBP141 million), working capital inflow and lower capital expenditure. Including undrawn committed funds, our total liquidity is around GBP1.9 billion. We have the ability to access the Covid Corporate Financing Fund (CCFF) if required.

Progress against our strategic plan

In May 2019, we announced our plan to build a parcels-led, more balanced, more diversified, international business.

Our plan is comprehensive. It seeks to address our challenges through three strategic priorities:

   -       "Turnaround and grow" the UK; 
   -       "Scale up and grow" GLS; and 
   -       Enhancing our cross-border proposition. 

1. Turnaround and grow the UK

Turnaround and grow the UK is at the heart of our transformation plan. Our intention is to move from being a UK-focused letters business that also delivers parcels, to an international parcels business that delivers letters in the UK. As the interim Executive Chair sets out in his statement, the strategic rationale underpinning our transformation plan is even more compelling now we are dealing with the consequences of COVID-19.

Combined, the impacts on our UK business of the pandemic and changing structural trends - fewer letters; more parcels - mean a step change is required in terms of the number of significant change programmes we can deliver over a short period of time.

In 2019-20, UKPIL revenue increased by 1.6 per cent. This was driven by a good performance in parcels, and lower than expected letter revenue declines due to the benefit of a European Parliamentary Election and a General Election in the period. We have no reason to expect a similar benefit this financial year. More broadly, UKPIL operating profit has fallen by more than 70 per cent since its peak in 2014-15.

We are engaging with our unions on how we might accelerate the pace of change in the UK, (see below). Over time, the successful delivery of our plan should change the dynamics around the contributions of letters and parcels.

COVID-19 has made this even more pressing. It poses a fundamental challenge to our business model; we are delivering more parcels and fewer letters than ever before. Pursuing our strategy to automate parcel handling and fix our delivery network was already the right thing to do. These developments underline the need to transform the business even more quickly, working, as much as possible, with our key stakeholders.

1a) Renewed focus on productivity and operational excellence

In this foundation year of our change programme, we sought to improve efficiency and productivity. Despite increasing UKPIL costs, in part driven by our three-year pay deal with CWU, we achieved costs avoided of GBP188 million, within our forecast range. Productivity improved by 1.0 per cent, lower than our original target of over two per cent. This reflects necessary additional investment to support quality and delays to local change initiatives due to the industrial relations environment.

We sought to embed a range of digitally-enabled work tools to improve efficiency and productivity. We have completed the deployment of our route optimisation tool. It improves visibility of changes to delivery routes and is used to undertake delivery revisions.

We scaled up the use of PDA Outdoor Actuals. Alongside our Resource Scheduler tool, it draws data from across the operation to enable better alignment of duty sets and rosters to demand.

In January 2020, following the conclusion of our dispute resolution procedures with CWU, we confirmed we were moving ahead with key national and much-needed local change initiatives that had been delayed, in some cases, by up to a year. That included extending our trial of automated clocking in and out for frontline colleagues at a small number of UK sites.

Handwritten signing-on sheets are the norm for most of our UK employees. We want to move to "Automated Hours Data Capture" (AHDC) to ensure that we resource adequately to the workload demand in all our UK sites. The system also provides health and safety and efficiency benefits. As well as rolling out AHDC to further sites, we will be using data from PDA Outdoor Actuals to optimise resource planning across the operation.

Growth of two per cent in UK parcel volumes continues to be driven by online shopping. We are seeking to increase - quickly - the number of parcels we sort automatically. We have installed a further ten parcel machines, meaning we now have 20 machines at 16 Mail Centres. This has driven the percentage of parcels sorted by machine to 33 per cent at year end, close to three times the average number sorted automatically during 2018-19. We want to increase the overall proportion to over 80 per cent by installing automated machines in all Mail Centres and building two dedicated parcel hubs by 2023-24.

The continued structural decline in UK letter volumes is driving the removal of automated letter sorting machines in our Mail Centres, with 79 machines - around 10 per cent of the total - removed or decommissioned during the year.

1b) Network extension

A major part of our plan is the extension of the UK network, specifically to handle larger and Next Day parcels. The structural shift - not only in the UK delivery market, but across the globe - towards Next Day or Same Day delivery means it is expected to be the fastest growing delivery time category.

We began to build out our network during the year. In July 2019, we said we had started work on the first of our state-of-the-art parcel hubs. Located in Warrington, close to major shippers, it will handle 40,000 items per hour when fully operational. We have chosen the supplier for automation and have completed the fit out. In February 2020, we signed a conditional agreement for a lease for our second parcel hub in the Midlands. Once larger and Next Day items have been processed at one of our hubs, they will be transported to a number of our larger Delivery Offices. Some will go out on a second daily van delivery.

In January 2020, we launched a van-based trial to test a separate daily delivery of larger parcels and Next-Day items. The trial began in Swindon and was expanded to a small number of additional sites. These trials are ongoing. Once they are complete, we will work through the outcomes with our people and their unions.

Our enhanced network will usher in a major increase in delivery frequency for consumers and SMEs. There will potentially be two deliveries a day in many parts of the country from 2023 onwards. Firstly, the usual combined delivery of letters and small parcels. Secondly, the later daily delivery of large parcels that have been ordered online, including in many instances the night before.

Turnaround and Grow: our progress

Renewed focus on productivity:

-- Put in place 73 delivery revisions. Well-developed plans for three more waves, completing an additional 300 during 2020-21

   --      1.4 per cent reduction in core network hours 
   --      Productivity improvement of 1.0 per cent, reflecting investment to support quality. 

T ransform our network :

-- Linehaul arrangements being updated and data shared with Mail Centres for improvement opportunities.

   --      11 Mail Centre layouts - optimising flow and processing - approved. 

1c) Letters and parcels

i. Parcels performance

Our performance in 2019-20 reflects the fundamental shift in the way consumers and companies use delivery companies. Account parcel volumes were up, with Tracked 24/48(R) and Tracked Returns(R) - our key e-commerce products - delivering double-digit growth for the 12(th) consecutive year. We processed 2.6 million Tracked parcels on our busiest day. This growth has been supported by the introduction of our Age and ID Verification products, together with successful propositions focused on the faster growing sectors and customers.

We continued to improve customer convenience and flexibility with a series of product and service enhancements. In April 2019, we launched earlier customer notifications. They advise recipients the day before of their delivery day and give an estimated delivery time. Over time, customers will receive shorter estimated delivery windows. Around a third (33 per cent) of online shoppers want to receive information about their parcel the day before delivery, according to Royal Mail's own research. Many competitor networks only predict delivery times on the morning of delivery.

We rolled out a range of new features on our mobile app to help senders and recipients manage their deliveries more effectively. Senders can now check a price and buy one-off postage directly through the app. Our UK "industry first" Augmented Reality Parcel Sizer enables customers to work out the right postage. It will also keep customers updated with automatic notifications as their parcel moves through Royal Mail's network, so there is no need for them to check for information and updates.

In June 2019, Parcelforce Worldwide launched a new Tariff Code look up tool. Tariff Codes are an internationally recognised standard which enable the easy identification of items by customs authorities, regardless of language barriers. The tool enables customers to easily and quickly search for the right product Tariff codes for the item they wish to send. In September 2019, the Parcelforce App was updated to include n ew and improved tracking functionality, with the added ability to select a preferred Post Office using a lookup map tool and address option. In addition, in August 2019, Parcelforce Worldwide launched its new age verification service. 'Challenge 25' ensures its catering supply customers can continue to deliver bladed items, in preparation for the pending legislation on the delivery of restricted items.

In October 2019, we completed the roll out of 1,400 Parcel Postboxes, enabling 24-hour access for customers sending or returning parcels. This is the first UK-wide network of parcel posting boxes, and the biggest change to the postbox in its 160-year history.

We informed our colleagues in June 2020 that we are integrating Parcelforce Worldwide and Royal Mail International more closely into Royal Mail (UKPIL). Parcelforce Worldwide will retain its brand identity and network. These changes will ensure that we have one integrated domestic and international parcels strategy that best serves the changing needs of the market and customers. We will use our assets in a more integrated and efficient way.

Parcelforce Worldwide saw increased costs pressures last year, as a result of: product mix; inflation and lower productivity; and, in the fourth quarter, the impact of COVID-19. This has triggered an impairment review of Parcelforce Worldwide assets, and consequently a non cash impairment charge of GBP91 million in respect of certain assets. For more detail see note 6.

ii. Letters performance

Addressed letter volumes (excluding election mailings) declined eight per cent, within our expected revised range. Total letter revenue was down 0.9 per cent, benefitting from two election mailings and targeted price increases.

We are optimising our letters product portfolio and pricing strategy. Business mail makes up the majority (c. 64 per cent) of addressed mail volumes (excluding International and elections). Advertising mail is around 27 per cent. Our range of products, incentives and offers are designed to demonstrate how mail can help their businesses. One example is our new Partially Addressed product. Aimed at advertisers targeting new customers, it allows them to reach recipients without using personal data. Customers can access strictly non-personalised geo-demographic data, from fully consented individuals. Another product, Late Bookings, for unaddressed mail, enables customers to access additional postcode sectors at a significant discount.

Sustainability is an increasingly important issue for our customers. Organisations are beginning to replace plastic magazine wrappings with biodegradable starch ones. Over time, we have invested in upgrading our large letter sorting machines to enable processing of unwrapped items. We are also working with a number of customers and mail producers to test biodegradable wraps.

COVID-19 update: parcels and letters

During the pandemic, and the associated lockdown period, we have seen very strong growth in B2C UK parcels. Domestic account volumes (excluding Amazon) were up 65 per cent in the first two months of 2020-21. Our tracked products - mainly Tracked 24(R) /48(R) and Tracked Returns(R) parcels, our key online retail products - are up 76 per cent. International import volumes improved during April and May.

Addressed letter volumes (excluding the impact of elections) have fallen 33 per cent as a consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic. Advertising mail volumes are down 63 per cent, as businesses mailings are postponed or cancelled. Business mail has been more resilient, declining by 19 per cent.

Our people

i. Our managers

The contribution and dedication of our managers is central to the performance of our business. In October 2019, we were pleased to confirm that managers who are members of Unite/CMA, voted in favour of a pay agreement recommended by the union. Managers received a pay increase of 2.6 per cent, backdated to 1 September 2019, and will receive a pay increase of 2.7 per cent from 1 September 2020. They received an Annual Bonus advance in December 2019. In recognition of their continued contribution, we are paying a flat rate bonus payment to all our managers (except our senior leaders) for the entire year, adjusted for the December advance.

ii. Frontline colleagues

Our ongoing dispute with CWU has been one of the defining issues of 2019-20. In May 2019, CWU informed us it considered that we were not honouring and deploying our 2018 Agreement.

We have honoured all our Agreements - including the 2018 Agreement - to the letter. We have awarded two pay increases (five per cent in 2017 and two per cent in April 2019). We implemented the first hour's reduction of the Shorter Working Week, although we did not obtain all the cost saving measures to pay for it. This amounted to a pay increase of 10 per cent in two years. We have worked closely with CWU, and continue to do so, to lobby Government to enable Collective Defined Contribution (CDC) pension schemes under UK law, for the first time in the UK.

But, an analysis of the productivity and efficiency opportunities in our Agreement found that, to fund it, there needed to be a step change in the pace and focus of the initiatives within it, and a greater focus on day-to-day operational excellence.

Industrial relations

i. Ballots for industrial action

Our Agreements are designed to support industrial stability. Yet, in 2019-20, we saw six national ballots (Royal Mail and Parcelforce Worldwide) for industrial action. On 15 October 2019, CWU announced a vote in favour of industrial action amongst its Royal Mail members. On 13 November 2019, the High Court granted an interim injunction against this ballot. The Court of Appeal upheld this decision, following a CWU challenge.

Employees within Parcelforce Worldwide are the subject of separate ballot notices. We note that CWU did not achieve the 50 per cent turnout threshold with respect to its first Parcelforce Worldwide ballot, which relates to honouring our Agreements with CWU. The second ballot, which received a vote in favour of industrial action, relates to our proposal to transfer Parcelforce Worldwide into a new legal entity and TUPE Parcelforce Worldwide's 6,500 colleagues into the new company.

We never wanted to take legal action. We wrote to CWU setting out the information on which our case was based. We asked CWU to confirm it would refrain from taking industrial action, due to clear evidence it had interfered with the ballot process. CWU declined to do so.

We welcomed the High Court's decision, and the subsequent support of that judgment by the Court of Appeal. Trade union legislation is designed to safeguard democratic integrity by ensuring union members can vote in the privacy of their own homes, rather than in any public process. As is the case with any electoral process, it is vital our colleagues can vote without any constraint imposed on them by any other party.

We are disappointed with the outcome of CWU's subsequent ballot for national industrial action. In February 2020, we offered a six per cent, three-year pay proposal for our CWU-grade people at Royal Mail. CWU did not accept this offer.

We welcomed and appreciated CWU's statement that the COVID-19 crisis was not the time to take industrial action. We signed a joint statement with the CWU on 15 May in which we awarded a GBP200 payment to our frontline employees to recognise their hard work to keep services running throughout the current COVID-19 pandemic. We continue to engage, on a regular basis and at a senior level, with CWU and Unite/CMA on our plans for change. Our engagement with CWU follows our recent Joint Statement with the union whereby both parties committed to work on setting up a joint framework for talks to seek to resolve our dispute.

COVID-19 update: Our people's dedication, fortitude, and commitment has reminded the public of the crucial role we play in a digital world. Our UK postmen and women play a crucial role in mitigating the impact of the pandemic. Our GLS colleagues have also gone the extra mile in the many countries in which they operate to support their customers and communities.

Protecting our people and the communities we serve has been our top priority. We were one of the first delivery companies to introduce contact free delivery. We changed standard ways of working to ensure, wherever possible, colleagues stay two metres apart. That includes a new rule so that only one person is in a Royal Mail delivery vehicle at any one time.

In recognition of their contribution as designated key workers, around GBP25 million has been set aside as a cash bonus for UK frontline colleagues. Those who, since March, have been at work throughout the crisis will receive a cash recognition award of up to GBP200 each.

2. Scale up and grow GLS

GLS's 'scale up and grow' strategy to strengthen its position in its core markets and build its business in higher growth areas is helping increase our capacity, reach and expertise across our Group. We are investing in our networks to take advantage of the growth in the B2C market. We have increased the number of parcel shops to support online shopping and customer convenience.

Revenue growth was achieved in the majority of GLS's developed European markets. GLS Germany remains the largest GLS market by revenue. Its revenue grew by 9.7 per cent, driven by higher volumes and improved pricing. The German logistics market remains highly competitive, including from Amazon rolling out its own delivery service in most areas of the country.

There was continued strong volume and revenue growth in Europe East as we continue to drive higher B2C volumes. Croatia and Slovakia achieved the strongest revenue and profit growth in Central and Eastern Europe. GLS Hungary also delivered a strong performance, with double-digit revenue growth. Following the expansion of capacity in its Budapest hub in 2018-19, GLS Hungary has continued to expand its customer base.

GLS's presence in the western United States allows it to offer shorter ground delivery times than its competitors. This, in turn, is enabling it to win more business and benefit from growth in interstate deliveries. Our programme to integrate Postal Express and Golden State Overnight, and move to GLS' proven sub-contractor model, has been completed. Losses have reduced during the period.

During the year, we acquired Mountain Valley Express, a family owned business that provides freight transportation services to a broad range of customers across the Western United States. Dicom, our Canadian business and one of our largest acquisitions in recent years, performed in line with expectations for the year.

Following the acquisitions of Redyser and ASM in 2018 and 2016 respectively, we have now completed the integration of both companies in GLS Spain. Efficiency will be further improved by the rationalisation of a small number of network overlaps. Performance in France remains behind plan. In September 2019, GLS France announced the appointment of a new Managing Director and a refreshed management team. Together, they are leading improvement plans that focus on quality and targeting profitable segments.

Across the GLS network, a number of initiatives are being introduced with customer convenience in mind. In the Netherlands, GLS introduced a Saturday Service, to support B2C customers. In Italy, GLS launched a returns service for easier customer returns. ReturnService streamlines the returns process, giving the recipient a link to a dedicated web page where they can organise their return. The customer can then opt for home collection, drop-off elsewhere, or delivery to one of over 150 GLS depots or to a GLS Shop.

To deal with growing parcel volumes across the network, GLS has invested in a number of new hubs and depots across Europe. In Amsterdam, GLS has constructed a new depot, which doubles its capacity for parcel processing. The new depot is also environmentally efficient, with solar panels on the roof, supplying the depot with electricity and heat pump heating to reduce consumption and CO2 emissions. There are also charging stations for electric vehicles. We are, similarly, enhancing depots and hubs across Europe to enhance the GLS network and optimise the parcel handling process.

Scale up and grow GLS: our progress

Customer-focused service improvements:

   --      GLS Denmark extended ParcelShops service to receive parcels six days a week. 
   --      GLS Netherlands SaturdayService for online shoppers, for goods ordered on a Friday. 

-- GLS Ireland customers will be able to post, collect or return GLS parcels at c.400 service points in future.

New depots to increase capacity:

   --      Styria, Austria: increasing handling capacity by 70% - handling 29,000 parcels a day. 

-- Amsterdam: facility allows twice the number of parcels to be handled compared to previous facility.

-- Essen, Germany: due to open Autumn 2020, depot will act as regional distribution hub for other sites in the area, as well as a European hub.

-- Horsens, Denmark: taking total number of facilities in the country to 9. The 3,200 sq. m facility can handle 25,000 parcels a day, with room for further expansion.

COVID-19 update - GLS

Many GLS countries have been affected by the pandemic, due to factors including increased sickness absence, declining B2B volumes and high B2C share. B2B volumes have been impacted by COVID-19, as companies have scaled down their commercial activities. Conversely, we have seen a significant increase in B2C activity in many of our markets. Almost half of GLS's volumes are now accounted for by B2C and we expect that to grow to around 58 per cent in 2020-21.

3. Enhancing our cross-border proposition

The large, and growing, cross-border market represents a growth opportunity, predominantly centred on Europe, North America and Asia. Revenue growth was achieved despite challenging trading conditions.

The majority of cross-border volumes are deferred parcels (including small parcels). While there are limited synergies to be had in the short term, Royal Mail provides GLS with access to the lightweight small parcel segment, where national postal operators usually have a cost advantage, due to their final mile networks. By combining the Royal Mail International and GLS network propositions, we also aim to build our presence in the larger export parcel market (above 2kg) - another growth area.

In July 2019, in collaboration with China Post, we launched a new tracked and signed service to China. Customers can now track their package, from arrival in a UK Mail Centre to arrival in China, via Royal Mail. China is already the world's largest online market with ecommerce experiencing exceptional year on year growth. According to our Delivery Matters research, 90 per cent of online shoppers in China would make purchases online more if there were a wider range of delivery and tracking options.

Key external issues

i. Regulatory environment

There have been significant changes to how universal service operators across the world charge each other for postal activity under the auspices of the Universal Postal Union (UPU). These changes were driven at the governmental level, and have considerable relevance to US arrangements in particular. In essence, the US will now be charging (with effect from 1 July 2020) other countries a great deal more for delivery.

Royal Mail, unfortunately, will have to pass on these costs to its customers, but will not profit in doing so. It is with regret that we are making these USO parcel pricing changes. In doing so, we have sought to minimise the impact on consumers and small businesses sending parcels to the United States. In addition, COVID-19 has meant we have had to use air freight rather than scheduled, commercial, flights to ship mail to the US. This is considerably more expensive, and for some months we have borne the cost ourselves for most customers. From July, we will need to also pass on this increased cost to all our customers.

Quality of Service is a key priority for us; we know how much this matters to our customers. We devote significant resources to delivering a high quality of service. We published our 2019-20 Quality of Service results in May 2020. We exceeded our annual regulatory target of 98.5 per cent for Second Class mail, delivering 98.7 per cent within three working days. We missed our annual regulatory target for First Class mail, delivering 92.6 per cent the next working day, against a target of 93.0 per cent. The full year outcome for First Class mail was significantly impacted by COVID-19. This led to high levels of coronavirus-related absences during the tail end of the 2019-20 financial year. Up until 15 March 2020, we were meeting our First Class target with a performance of 93.0 per cent. We believe, if the 2019-20 performance was adjusted to take into account the impact of coronavirus, we would have achieved our First Class target. We are asking Ofcom to take these issues into consideration.

In May 2019, Ofcom announced the conclusion of its investigation into our Quality of Service performance for 2017-18. It confirmed that - in this specific circumstance - a financial penalty is not appropriate. We welcome this decision. At the same time, it announced that Ofcom had opened two further investigations in relation to Royal Mail.

The first relates to our Quality of Service performance in 2018-19, in connection with First Class mail. We are disappointed that our regulatory First Class Quality of Service performance for 2018-19 was 91.5 per cent, below the target to deliver 93 per cent of this mail the next working day. Second Class Quality of Service met the regulatory target. We delivered 98.6 per cent of this mail within three working days, against a target of 98.5 per cent. We take our commitment to delivering a high-quality service very seriously.

The second investigation relates to the regulated Second Class Safeguard Cap. We confirmed in February 2019 that, due to an error on our part, our new Second Class stamp price of 61 pence was one penny above the existing regulatory safeguard cap for seven days. We apologised for this mistake as soon as we realised we had made it. We sought to put it right by donating the revenue that we expected to collect from the error - around GBP60,000 - to our Charity of the Year, Action for Children.

On 14 August 2018, Ofcom published its decision following its investigation into whether Royal Mail had breached competition law. The investigation was launched in February 2014, following a complaint brought by TNT Post UK (now Whistl). Ofcom found that Royal Mail had abused its dominant position in the market for bulk mail delivery services in the United Kingdom by issuing Contract Change Notices on 10 January 2014 which introduced discriminatory prices. It fined Royal Mail GBP50 million.

Royal Mail lodged an appeal with the Competition Appeal Tribunal (CAT) on 12 October 2018 to have both Ofcom's decision and fine overturned. On 12 November 2019, the CAT issued its judgment, which upheld Ofcom's decision and fine (which is now payable). In January 2020, Royal Mail requested permission to appeal the CAT's judgment to the Court of Appeal (CoA). On 30 March 2020, the CoA granted Royal Mail permission and indicated that a hearing would be held over one-to-two days in mid-2021.

In October 2018, Whistl filed a damages claim against Royal Mail at the High Court relating to Ofcom's decision. Whistl's High Court claim is on hold until after the completion of the appeal process. Royal Mail believes Whistl's claim is without merit and will defend it robustly if Whistl decides to pursue it.

ii. COVID-19 update

COVID-19 has generated a range of major challenges in relation to the provision of regulated postal services. Understandably, our UK absence level increased significantly and, while it has now moderated, it remains much higher than normal. At the same time, the Company has, rightly, put in place a number of important social distancing measures (e.g. one person per van, etc.). These actions are vital to protect the safety of our colleagues. But, they do impact, in a material way, our ability to deliver to the requisite regulatory requirements.

At the beginning of the pandemic, we clearly communicated to customers that service disruption was, despite our best efforts, likely. We subsequently announced a six-week temporary relaxation of delivery frequency arrangements in relation to letters. This means that, for the six weeks to 13 June 2020, letters were delivered five days a week; we continued to deliver most parcels on a six days a week basis.

It is clear that it will take some time now for the UK to return to "normal". Accordingly, we expect that a range of social distancing measures could remain in place, in one shape or another, for some time. This may have a significant impact on our operations even as we have also increased our investment in quality measures. We are actively engaging with Ofcom on these issues.

iii. USO sustainability

The postal USO is a highly specified, longstanding UK Universal Service. As the physical delivery arm of e-commerce in the UK, it is a key part of the country's broadband economy. COVID-19 has again demonstrated the key role that the USO is playing in connecting companies, customers and communities across the nation. The postal USO is also the Post Office's main customer and is therefore key to ensuring its sustainability as well.

The unique structural circumstances relating to the USO, however, remain very much in place. Ongoing, and significant, structural decline in letters is coupled with intense competition in parcels. The USO operates in a fragile ecosystem. There are significant, and growing, risks to it, particularly with relation to its financial sustainability. Royal Mail has noted these risks before in a number of submissions to the Regulator and the Government.

Providing the Universal Service means being able to deliver to nearly 31 million addresses, six days a week. This requires high volumes - and revenues - to fund doing so. But, given the decline in letters, in the last ten years or so, the average number of items per address has almost halved from two to nearly one. At the same time, the ability of the regulated business to make profits to sustain itself - the USO is entirely market funded, with no Government funding - is coming under significant strain. In the last five years, the profits made by the Reported Business have fallen by about 95 per cent(2) .It is expected to be loss making in 2020-21.

Ofcom is continuing its User Needs Review about the Universal Service. We believe that many of the key USO features are valued by consumers and SMEs. They include uniformity, universality, affordability and measurability. But, they all have to be paid for at a time when COVID-19 has exacerbated the underlying problems facing the USO. For example, since the beginning of this financial year (2020-21) letter volumes have declined about 33%, around four times the decline rate we saw in 2019-20.

For its part, Royal Mail has a stretching self-help programme in place. This involves significant investment in the Universal Service when our finances are under challenge; we expect to be materially loss-making in the UK this year. In addition, we plan to address the very specific challenges presented by COVID-19. We do not believe, however, that successful delivery of our transformation and COVID-19 mitigation plans will be enough in themselves to underpin the long-term stability of the USO.

That is why, alongside engaging with our unions on our own plans to put Royal Mail in a better position, we are working with the Regulator and Government on the Universal Service. This is all about ensuring it is financially underpinned, in a sustainable way, and future-proofed to meet customers' changing priorities. Ofcom will embark on a public consultation on the USO, and Royal Mail will engage, at the same time, with many stakeholders on a USO for the 21st century. From its own, detailed research, the Company anticipates that many of the current features of the USO should remain in place, subject to regulatory and Government approval. We look forward to the debate and engagement to come, including ensuring the Universal Service has the requisite financial resources to sustain itself.

Footnotes - Business review 2019-20

1. All comparisons with the prior year are against the adjusted 52 week results.

2. "The Reported Business is the regulated entity, defined by Ofcom, which delivers the USO. 2019-20 Reported Business EBIT financeability margin is still subject to the Regulatory Audit process'.

Financial Review

Reported results and Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)

Reported results are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and are set out in the sections entitled 'Presentation of results and Alternative Performance Measures' (APMs) and 'Consolidated financial statements'.

In addition to reported results, the Group's performance in this Financial Review is also explained through the use of APMs that are not defined under IFRS. Management is of the view that these measures provide a more meaningful basis on which to analyse business performance. They are consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by Management and reported to the Board.

The APMs we use are explained in the section entitled 'Alternative Performance Measures' and reconciliations to the closest measure prescribed under IFRS are provided where appropriate.

Group, UKPIL and GLS reporting periods

The Group and UKPIL results are for the 52 week period to 29 March 2020. The GLS financial period is the 12 months to 31 March 2020.

Changes in disclosures and metrics used in external reporting

We have made changes to our financial and non-financial disclosures and metrics used in external reporting. This is to improve transparency, accuracy and understanding and to eliminate 'underlying' movements. All numbers presented in this Financial Review are on the new basis. A summary of the changes are set out below:

1. UK letters and parcels revenue and volumes have been allocated using a new methodology which reduces our reliance on sampling by using Post Office traffic data. This change only impacts the allocation of revenue between stamped letters and parcels and some international export products. Total UKPIL revenue remains unchanged;

2. Transformation costs are now incorporated within their relevant operating cost categories within UKPIL operating costs;

3. Comparisons with the prior year are no longer presented on an 'underlying basis'. From the 2019-20 financial year onwards no underlying adjustments in respect of working days, foreign exchange movements, acquisitions or any one-off items will be made to the prior year. Any factors having a material impact on year on year comparisons are highlighted in the narrative to the results.

The tables below and on the following pages reconcile the 52 weeks 2018-19 adjusted results presented in this Financial Review to the 52 weeks 2018-19 adjusted results published previously. The reconciliation of the 53 weeks 2018-19 adjusted results are shown in the 'Presentation of Results and Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)' section.

 
UKPIL Volumes               52 weeks  Movement  Re-presented 
 (m)                      March 2019                52 weeks 
                       as previously              March 2019 
                           published 
--------------------  --------------  --------  ------------ 
Parcels 
Royal Mail                     1,224      (36)         1,188 
Parcelforce                       99         -            99 
--------------------  --------------  --------  ------------ 
Total parcel volume            1,323      (36)         1,287 
--------------------  --------------  --------  ------------ 
 
Letters 
Addressed                     10,266       230        10,496 
Unaddressed                    2,880         -         2,880 
--------------------  --------------  --------  ------------ 
Total letter volume           13,146       230        13,376 
--------------------  --------------  --------  ------------ 
 
 
                                            Adjusted 
                                            52 weeks                                             Re-presented adjusted 
UKPIL                                     March 2019     UK letters and parcels  Transformation               52 weeks 
 (GBPm)                      as previously published                    revenue           costs             March 2019 
==========================  ========================  =========================  ==============  ===================== 
Revenue 
==========================  ========================  =========================  ==============  ===================== 
Letters                                        3,903                        154               -                  4,057 
Parcels                                        3,692                      (154)               -                  3,538 
--------------------------  ------------------------  -------------------------  --------------  --------------------- 
Total revenue                                  7,595                          -               -                  7,595 
--------------------------  ------------------------  -------------------------  --------------  --------------------- 
Operating costs 
--------------------------  ------------------------  -------------------------  --------------  --------------------- 
People costs                                 (4,975)                          -            (87)                (5,062) 
--------------------------  ------------------------  -------------------------  --------------  --------------------- 
People costs                                 (4,975)                          -            (41)                (5,016) 
Voluntary redundancy 
 costs(1)                                          -                          -            (46)                   (46) 
--------------------------  ------------------------  -------------------------  --------------  --------------------- 
Non-people costs                             (2,288)                          -            (46)                (2,334) 
--------------------------  ------------------------  -------------------------  --------------  --------------------- 
Distribution and 
 conveyance costs                              (827)                          -               -                  (827) 
Infrastructure costs                           (819)                          -               -                  (819) 
Other operating costs                          (642)                          -            (46)                  (688) 
--------------------------  ------------------------  -------------------------  --------------  --------------------- 
Total operating costs                        (7,263)                          -           (133)                (7,396) 
Adjusted operating profit 
 before transformation 
 costs                                           332                          -               -                      - 
Transformation costs                           (133)                          -             133                      - 
--------------------------  ------------------------  -------------------------  --------------  --------------------- 
Adjusted operating profit                        199                          -               -                    199 
--------------------------  ------------------------  -------------------------  --------------  --------------------- 
 
 
                                                              Adjusted 
                                                              52 weeks 
                                                            March 2019                  Re-presented adjusted 
Group                                                    as previously  Transformation               52 weeks 
 (GBPm)                                                      published           costs             March 2019 
======================================================  ==============  ==============  ===================== 
Revenue                                                         10,444               -                 10,444 
Operating costs 
======================================================  ==============  ==============  ===================== 
People costs                                                   (5,642)            (87)                (5,729) 
------------------------------------------------------  --------------  --------------  --------------------- 
People costs                                                   (5,642)            (41)                (5,683) 
Voluntary redundancy costs(1)                                        -            (46)                   (46) 
------------------------------------------------------  --------------  --------------  --------------------- 
Non-people costs                                               (4,293)            (46)                (4,339) 
------------------------------------------------------  --------------  --------------  --------------------- 
Distribution and conveyance costs                              (2,591)               -                (2,591) 
Infrastructure costs                                             (988)               -                  (988) 
Other operating costs                                            (714)            (46)                  (760) 
------------------------------------------------------  --------------  --------------  --------------------- 
Total operating costs                                          (9,935)           (133)               (10,068) 
Adjusted operating profit before transformation costs              509               -                      - 
Transformation costs                                             (133)             133                      - 
------------------------------------------------------  --------------  --------------  --------------------- 
Adjusted operating profit                                          376               -                    376 
------------------------------------------------------  --------------  --------------  --------------------- 
 
 
                                                                                                          Re-presented 
                                                 53 weeks  Transformation           Voluntary redundancy      53 weeks 
In-year trading cashflow (GBPm)                March 2019           costs   charge to cash difference(2)    March 2019 
--------------------------------------------  -----------  --------------  -----------------------------  ------------ 
Adjusted EBITDA                                       935           (133)                              -           802 
Trading working capital movements                   (237)               -                             10         (227) 
Share-based awards (SAYE, LTIP and DSBP) 
 charge adjustment                                      7               -                              -             7 
Total investment(3)                                 (487)             133                           (10)         (364) 
Income tax paid                                      (91)               -                              -          (91) 
--------------------------------------------  -----------  --------------  -----------------------------  ------------ 
Research and development expenditure credit             2               -                              -             2 
============================================  ===========  ==============  =============================  ============ 
Net finance costs paid                               (12)               -                              -          (12) 
============================================  ===========  ==============  =============================  ============ 
In-year trading cashflow                              117               -                              -           117 
============================================  ===========  ==============  =============================  ============ 
 

Impact of IFRS 16

The Group adopted IFRS 16 which replaced IAS 17 with effect from 1 April 2019. The results for the full year ended 31 March 2019 have not been restated for the impact of IFRS 16.

IFRS 16 has a material impact on the Group as it requires the recognition of assets and liabilities for the majority of leases. Operating lease costs previously recognised in operating costs are replaced by a depreciation charge on the 'right-of-use' assets and finance costs on the lease liabilities. The total cash outflow for lease payments does not change. However, the payments related to the principal liabilities are now presented as cash outflows from financing activities, as opposed to the previous treatment as cash outflow from operating activities. The impact of IFRS 16 on the 2019-20 Full Year Results is set out below:

 
Impact on operating costs (GBPm)                                             UKPIL         GLS  Group 
----------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ----- 
Decrease in distribution and conveyance costs (operating lease costs)         (18)        (11)   (29) 
Increase in infrastructure costs                                                 8           8     16 
----------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ----- 
Property (operating lease costs)                                              (92)        (48)  (140) 
Depreciation charge                                                            100          56    156 
----------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ----- 
Net decrease in operating costs                                               (10)         (3)   (13) 
----------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ----- 
Net increase in operating profit                                                10           3     13 
----------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ----- 
 
 
Impact on in-year trading cash flow (GBPm)     Group 
-------------------------------------------    ----- 
Adjusted operating profit                         13 
Depreciation and amortisation                    156 
---------------------------------------------  ----- 
Adjusted EBITDA                                  169 
Net finance costs paid                          (28) 
---------------------------------------------  ----- 
Net increase in in-year trading cash flow        141 
---------------------------------------------  ----- 
 
 
Impact on opening balance sheet (GBPm)       Group 
---------------------------------------    ------- 
Property, plant and equipment                1,045 
Trade and other receivables                   (20) 
-----------------------------------------  ------- 
Total assets                                 1,025 
-----------------------------------------  ------- 
 
Current lease liabilities                    (118) 
Other current liabilities                        5 
Non-current lease liabilities                (944) 
Other non-current liabilities                   33 
-----------------------------------------  ------- 
Total liabilities                          (1,024) 
-----------------------------------------  ------- 
 
Net assets                                       1 
-----------------------------------------  ------- 
 

Footnotes for Financial Review - Introduction section

1. Voluntary redundancy costs of GBP46 million were previously included in Transformation costs of GBP133 million. This is now presented as a separate line.

2. The voluntary redundancy charge to cash difference represents the timing difference between when the voluntary redundancy charge is expensed to the income statement and when the cash payment is made.

3. Re-presented investment of GBP364 million reflects total gross capital expenditure.

Royal Mail (UKPIL)

Reported results

 
                                        Re-presented(1) 
                              Reported         reported 
                              52 weeks         53 weeks 
Summary results (GBPm)      March 2020       March 2019 
-------------------------  -----------  --------------- 
Revenue                          7,720            7,732 
-------------------------  -----------  --------------- 
Operating costs                (7,711)          (7,568) 
-------------------------  -----------  --------------- 
Operating profit before 
 specific items                      9              164 
-------------------------  -----------  --------------- 
Operating specific items         (149)             (92) 
-------------------------  -----------  --------------- 
Operating (loss)/profit          (140)               72 
-------------------------  -----------  --------------- 
Operating (loss)/profit 
 margin                         (1.8%)             0.9% 
-------------------------  -----------  --------------- 
 
 

The detailed reported results for UKPIL are set out in the paragraph entitled 'Segmental reported results'. Reported revenue was GBP12 million lower than the prior year, although the prior year included GBP137 million of revenue relating to the 53(rd) week. The current year includes GBP82 million of revenue from mailings relating to the European Parliamentary election and UK General Election.

Operating profit before specific items decreased to GBP9 million, driven by increased distribution, conveyance and people costs, including a higher pension charge to cash difference adjustment. Operating specific items were GBP149 million, largely comprised of a GBP91 million impairment charge relating to Parcelforce Worldwide assets, a provision for a regulatory fine of GBP50 million and associated interest from Ofcom and the Employee Free Shares Charge of GBP4 million. Operating specific items in the prior year largely related to the accounting consequences of the purchase of a further insurance policy for the Royal Mail Senior Executives Pension Plan (RMSEPP), which resulted in a charge of GBP64 million, and the Employee Free Shares charge of GBP22 million.

UKPIL generated an operating loss of GBP140 million for the year, compared with an operating profit of GBP72 million in the prior year, which included GBP35 million of operating profit in relation to the 53(rd) week.

Adjusted results

The Group makes adjustments to reported results under IFRS to exclude specific items and the IAS 19 pension charge to cash difference adjustment as set out in the paragraph entitled 'Specific items and pension charge to cash difference adjustment'.

 
                                  Re-presented(1)  Re-presented(1) 
                        Adjusted         adjusted         adjusted 
                        52 Weeks         53 weeks         52 weeks 
Summary trading            March            March            March 
 results (GBPm)             2020             2019             2019   Change(2) 
---------------------  ---------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------- 
Letters                    4,021            4,136            4,057      (0.9%) 
Parcels                    3,699            3,596            3,538        4.6% 
---------------------  ---------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------- 
Revenue                    7,720            7,732            7,595        1.6% 
Operating costs          (7,603)          (7,498)          (7,396)        2.8% 
---------------------  ---------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------- 
Operating profit             117              234              199     (41.2%) 
---------------------  ---------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------- 
Operating profit 
 margin                     1.5%             3.0%             2.6%    (110bps) 
 
Letters volumes 
 (m) 
Addressed letters         10,047           10,709           10,496        (4%) 
Addressed letters 
 (excluding election 
 mailings)                                                                (8%) 
Unaddressed 
 letters                   2,603            2,928            2,880       (10%) 
---------------------  ---------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------- 
Total letters             12,650           13,637           13,376        (5%) 
 
Parcels volumes 
 (m) 
Royal Mail                 1,211            1,210            1,188          2% 
Parcelforce 
 Worldwide                   101              100               99          2% 
---------------------  ---------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------- 
Total parcels              1,312            1,310            1,287          2% 
---------------------  ---------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------- 
 

Total revenue was up 1.6 per cent. Parcel revenue, up 4.6 per cent, more than offset the letter revenue decline of 0.9 per cent. See Financial Highlights for an update on the first two months of 2020-21.

Total parcel volumes increased by two per cent. Growth in domestic account parcels was partially offset by weaker imports, a result of lower Sterling and in particular the impact of COVID-19 in the fourth quarter. Royal Mail domestic account parcel volumes, excluding Amazon, were up five per cent as we won new customers and gained more traffic from existing customers. In the second half, growth moderated due to the threat of industrial action. Royal Mail Tracked 24(R)/48(R) and Tracked Returns(R) volumes, our key e-commerce products, grew by 18 per cent. This growth has been supported by the introduction of our Age and ID Verification products together with some successful propositions focused on the faster growing sectors and customers. We saw stronger e-commerce volumes in the fourth quarter due to the initial impact of COVID-19. This trend has continued into the new financial year.

Our international parcels business experienced revenue growth in the year despite challenging trading conditions. Contract export volumes have improved in the year, benefitting from significant new customer wins. At the start of the year, weaker Sterling, driven by Brexit uncertainty, resulted in lower import volumes outside of our cross-border offering and compressed export margins. Trading conditions in the third quarter showed improvements in import volumes, with positive growth in cross-border performance. However, the fourth quarter saw the onset of COVID-19 impacts in China and latterly in the US and Europe. Imports saw a significant negative impact due to reduced economic activity and air freight capacity from China. Whilst, more recently, China import volumes have improved, we have seen further impacts on international volumes due to reduced activity and conveyance availability across Europe and the US.

Parcelforce Worldwide volumes increased by two per cent, compared with one per cent in 2018-19, largely due to growth from our regional small and medium-sized enterprise customers and strong import volumes from GLS.

Total parcel revenue increased by 4.6 per cent reflecting mix, targeted pricing actions, and volume growth.

Total letter volume decline was five per cent. Excluding political parties' election mailings, addressed letter volumes were down eight per cent, in line with revised expectations. Letter volumes were impacted by ongoing structural decline, weak economic activity and ongoing business uncertainty.

In the final weeks of the year, the initial impact of the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in a rapid and significant reduction in advertising mail, as marketing campaigns were either delayed or cancelled. In addition, meter traffic, mainly used by small and medium-sized enterprises , has weakened significantly in the first two months of 2020-21. However, stamp traffic, supported by social customer mailings, and large customer business mailings have been more resilient and impacted to a lesser extent.

Unaddressed letter volumes were down 10 per cent in 2019-20, due to intense competition and high levels of uncertainty. COVID-19 and resulting cancelled mailings have put further significant downward pressure on volumes in the first two months of 2020-21.

Total letter revenue decreased by 0.9 per cent, benefitting from mailings relating to the European Parliamentary election and UK General Election of GBP82 million, and the introduction of targeted price rises. Advertising letters revenue of GBP612 million (now comprising only addressed and unaddressed advertising letters products) was down 11.5 per cent, reflecting the impact of competition and business uncertainty.

Adjusted operating costs

 
                                           Re-presented(1)  Re-presented(1) 
                                 Adjusted         adjusted         adjusted 
                                 52 weeks         53 weeks         52 weeks 
                                    March            March            March 
(GBPm)                               2020             2019             2019   Change(2) 
=============================   =========  ===============  ===============  ========== 
People costs                      (5,234)          (5,132)          (5,062)        3.4% 
==============================  =========  ===============  ===============  ========== 
 People costs                     (5,206)          (5,086)          (5,016)        3.8% 
 Voluntary redundancy 
  costs                              (28)             (46)             (46)     (39.1%) 
------------------------------  ---------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------- 
Non-people costs                  (2,369)          (2,366)          (2,334)        1.5% 
------------------------------  ---------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------- 
 Distribution and conveyance 
  costs                             (867)            (842)            (827)        4.8% 
 Infrastructure costs               (793)            (826)            (819)      (3.2%) 
 Other operating costs              (709)            (698)            (688)        3.1% 
------------------------------  ---------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------- 
Total                             (7,603)          (7,498)          (7,396)        2.8% 
==============================  =========  ===============  ===============  ========== 
 

Total adjusted operating costs increased by 2.8 per cent. As a result of adopting IFRS 16, there was a reduction in operating lease costs of GBP110 million and an increase in the depreciation charge of GBP100 million, i.e. there was a net reduction of GBP10 million in operating costs attributable to IFRS 16. Excluding this impact, adjusted operating costs increased by 2.9 per cent. The largest contributing factor was people costs pressures (including frontline staff and managers' overall compensation), which were not fully offset by productivity gains.

Parcelforce Worldwide saw increased costs pressures driven by product mix, inflation, lower productivity and in Q4 the impact of COVID-19. This has triggered an impairment review on Parcelforce Worldwide assets, and consequently an impairment charge of GBP91m has been recognised within specific items in respect of certain assets of Parcelforce Worldwide (for more detail see note 6).

UKPIL adjusted people costs were 3.4 per cent higher, primarily due to frontline staff and managers' overall compensation and the cost of only partially absorbing the one hour reduction in the working week introduced in October 2018. We also made additional investment to underpin our Quality of Service and protect deliveries over the UK General Election and Christmas, as well as to maintain our services during the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. More recently, we have incurred additional costs, including increased overtime to support services during high absence rates due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Transformation costs of GBP74 million are included in people costs, comprising GBP46 million of project costs and GBP28 million of voluntary redundancy costs.

We saw a 1.0 per cent improvement in productivity in the year, below our expectations, due to the impact of additional investment to protect quality and the impact of COVID-19 in the second half . We achieved a 1.4 per cent reduction in core network hours. There was a net reduction of around 703 full-time equivalent employees (FTE)(3) to around 146,445 (compared with March 2019) as we decreased variable hours. Workload declined by 0.3 per cent as growth in parcel volumes was offset by letter volume decline.

Non-people costs increased by 1.5 per cent (1.9 per cent excluding the positive impact from adopting IFRS 16), reflecting the impact of CPI and costs pressures.

Distribution and conveyance costs increased by 4.8 per cent. This was largely driven by higher terminal dues and fuel costs, partially offset by lower vehicle hire and maintenance costs. Terminal dues were GBP14 million higher driven by higher export volumes, contracted rate rises and adverse foreign exchange rate movements. Total diesel and jet fuel costs increased to GBP168 million (2018-19: GBP156 million). We expect diesel and jet fuel costs to be around GBP165 million in 2020-21 largely as a result of our hedged position.

Infrastructure costs decreased by 3.2 per cent. Depreciation and amortisation costs were GBP63 million higher, driven by an increase of GBP100 million due to adopting IFRS 16. The previous year also included one-off impairment costs. IT costs were also GBP13 million lower in the year due to a one-off IT project cost in the prior year.

Other operating costs increased by 3.1 per cent. The impact of the UKPIL cost programme has been offset by a GBP32 million increase in provisions for bad debt as a result of the deteriorating economic environment and GBP5 million for the purchase of protective equipment to safeguard our frontline employees in response to the COVID-19 outbreak. Transformation project costs of GBP56 million (2018-19: GBP46 million) are also included in other operating costs.

Total transformation costs were GBP130 million in the year (2018-19: GBP133 million), mainly relating to operations data projects to support future productivity improvements and investment to upgrade our IT and parcel systems.

The UKPIL cost programme delivered GBP188 million of costs avoided in the year, comprising people costs of GBP99 million and non-people costs of GBP89 million. This was largely driven by a reduction in core network hours including the partial absorption of the one hour reduction in the working week, management headcount reduction arising from the organisational structure review at the end of 2018-19, supplier contract renegotiations and the annual linehaul review.

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit of GBP117 million includes a GBP10 million positive impact from the adoption of IFRS 16. Adjusted operating profit margin was 1.5 per cent, down 110 basis points compared with 2018-19.

Footnotes for Financial Review - Royal Mail (UKPIL) section

1. 2018-19 Full Year results have been re-presented as described in the section entitled 'Changes in disclosures and metrics used in external reporting'.

2. Comparisons with the prior year are against the adjusted 52 week results, and are no longer presented on an underlying basis. All percentage changes represent the movement between the results as presented. Any factors having a material impact on year on year comparisons are highlighted in the narrative to the results.

3. FTE numbers relate to the total number of paid hours (including part-time, full-time and agency hours) divided by the standard full-time working hours in the same year. The current year FTE is calculated on a 38 hour week basis.

General Logistics Systems (GLS)

Reported results

 
                                         Reported  Reported 
                                            March     March 
Summary results (GBPm)                       2020      2019 
Revenue                                     3,161     2,888 
Operating costs                           (2,953)   (2,711) 
---------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Operating profit before specific items        208       177 
Operating specific items                     (13)      (89) 
---------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Operating profit                              195        88 
Operating profit margin                      6.2%      3.0% 
---------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
 

The detailed reported results are set out in the paragraph entitled 'Segmental reported results'. GLS reported revenue grew by GBP273 million. Operating profit before specific items increased by GBP31 million. Operating specific items represented a net charge of GBP13 million, largely due to a GBP18 million charge for the amortisation of acquired intangible assets, offset by a GBP5 million provision release that is no longer required. The prior year included a charge of GBP68 million for the impairment of the Golden State Overnight (GSO) and Postal Express businesses in the US and GBP19 million for the amortisation of acquired intangible assets. GLS operating profit was GBP107 million higher than in the prior year.

Both the reported and the adjusted results for the full year 2019-20 include 12 months' of contribution from the acquisition of Dicom. The prior year only includes seven months' contribution. The current year also includes six months' contribution from the acquisition of Mountain Valley Express (MVE) and Mountain Valley Freight Solutions businesses.

Adjusted results

The Group makes adjustments to reported results under IFRS to exclude specific items as set out in the paragraph entitled 'Specific items and pension charge to cash difference adjustment'.

 
                          Adjusted  Adjusted 
Summary trading results      March     March 
 (GBPm)                       2020      2019   Change(1) 
------------------------  ========  ========  ---------- 
Revenue                      3,161     2,888        9.5% 
Operating costs            (2,953)   (2,711)        8.9% 
------------------------  --------  --------  ---------- 
Operating profit               208       177       17.5% 
Operating profit margin       6.6%      6.1%       50bps 
 
(EURm) 
------------------------  --------  --------  ---------- 
Revenue                      3,614     3,274       10.4% 
Operating costs            (3,376)   (3,073)        9.9% 
------------------------  --------  --------  ---------- 
Operating profit               238       201       18.4% 
 
Volumes (m)                    667       634          5% 
========================  ========  ========  ========== 
 

The impact of COVID-19 on revenue and operating profit was not material from an overall GLS perspective. See Financial Highlights for an update on the first two months of 2020-21.

Volumes were up five per cent. Excluding acquisitions, volumes were up four per cent. Volume growth moderated compared with the prior year, reflecting the competitive environment and yield management activities. We saw growth in both domestic and international volumes in most markets.

More recently, volumes have been above expectation, driven by higher B2C volumes as customers ordered more products online due to the COVID-19 lockdown. It is too early to judge whether this trend will continue for the remainder of the financial year.

In the year, the impact of foreign exchange movements increased revenue by GBP26 million and operating costs by GBP24 million. Consequently, there was no material foreign exchange impact on adjusted operating profit in Sterling terms.

Revenue increased by 9.5 per cent. Excluding acquisitions, revenue was up 6.3 per cent driven by a combination of higher volumes, targeted price increases and customer mix effects. Revenue growth was achieved in the majority of markets. The three major markets (Germany, Italy and France) accounted for 54.6 per cent of total GLS revenue (2018-19: 56.8 per cent), with the North America markets contributing 10.0 per cent (2018-19: 7.4 per cent).

Germany

GLS Germany remains the largest GLS market by revenue. Revenue grew by 9.7 per cent, driven by higher international and domestic volumes, and improved pricing. The German logistics market remains highly competitive, with other operators adding capacity to their networks, including Amazon which is rolling out its own delivery service in most areas of Germany. Operating profit margin improved compared with the prior year, benefitting especially from better pricing and good export volume development.

Italy

GLS Italy revenue grew by 2.7 per cent. Weak Italian GDP growth, Amazon expanding its own delivery network, and the competitive environment have impacted growth. The Italian government imposed restrictions due to COVID-19 also impacted GLS Italy operations in February and March, with parcel flows in and out of the Lombardy and Venice regions particularly affected.

France

In GLS France revenue growth slowed to 1.4 per cent, due to weak domestic volumes. Operating losses in the year were EUR21 million, EUR3 million higher than the prior year.

A new management team is in place to lead the turnaround. Turnaround plans in France are focused on improving quality to secure new customers in more profitable segments. Despite the challenges in the domestic market, GLS France continues to be integral to the GLS network by supporting exports from other markets into France, and allowing GLS to provide a comprehensive service across Europe.

Spain

GLS Spain revenue declined by 1.7 per cent in the year. Yield management activities to exit low margin customers have impacted growth. Profitability was above break even in 2019-20, which represented an improvement from the EUR3 million loss reported in the prior year. The integration of Redyser has been completed, with the focus now on optimising the operations and growing volumes to further improve margin.

North America

The GLS US business plan, initiated last year, is progressing well. Revenue grew by 5.5 per cent excluding the impact of acquisitions, driven by a combination of yield management activities and cost optimisation measures.

We secured additional capability to offer less-than-truckload (LTL) services in the states of California, Arizona and Nevada through the acquisition of Mountain Valley Express (MVE) and Mountain Valley Freight Solutions businesses on 30 September 2019. LTL services are provided successfully by our Dicom business in Canada. We plan to augment our product offering in the US with a similar LTL capability. Operational synergies between MVE and the existing GLS US businesses are expected to support the GLS business plan.

Dicom's performance has been in line with our expectations with revenue growth of 9.2 per cent on a like-for-like basis. We are investing in the business to provide a platform for future growth. Canada represents an attractive market and also provides geographic diversification for the Group.

Other developed European markets (including Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Ireland, Netherlands and Portugal)

Revenue growth was achieved in the majority of GLS' other developed European markets. In particular, there was good volume and revenue growth in Denmark and Belgium. In Denmark, higher B2C volumes supported by investment in Parcel Shops is facilitating the growth.

Other developing/emerging European markets (including Croatia, Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Romania, Slovakia and Slovenia)

We saw strong, double digit revenue growth in all developing/emerging European markets. We continue to invest in our network in these countries to take advantage of their growing parcel markets.

 
                                     Adjusted  Adjusted 
                                        March     March 
Adjusted operating costs (GBPm)          2020      2019  Change(1) 
-----------------------------------  ========  ========  --------- 
People costs                            (722)     (667)       8.2% 
Non-people costs                      (2,231)   (2,044)       9.1% 
-----------------------------------  --------  --------  --------- 
 Distribution and conveyance costs    (1,960)   (1,803)       8.7% 
 Infrastructure costs                   (198)     (169)      17.2% 
 Other operating costs                   (73)      (72)       1.4% 
-----------------------------------  --------  --------  --------- 
Total                                 (2,953)   (2,711)       8.9% 
-----------------------------------  --------  --------  --------- 
 

Total adjusted operating costs increased by 8.9 per cent, or 5.8 per cent excluding acquisitions.

As a result of adopting IFRS 16, there was a reduction in operating lease costs of GBP59 million and an increase in the depreciation charge of GBP56 million, resulting in a net reduction of GBP3 million in operating costs.

People costs increased by 8.2 per cent, or 4.0 per cent excluding acquisitions. This was due to wage inflation in most markets and higher semi-variable costs linked to volume growth.

Non-people costs increased by 9.1 per cent, or 6.5 per cent excluding acquisitions. Distribution and conveyance costs increased by 8.7 per cent, driven by volume growth and higher subcontractor rates resulting from tight labour markets. Infrastructure costs increased by 17.2 per cent. Higher property-related costs (such as rent and rates, repairs and maintenance and utilities), together with increased IT costs, were the principal drivers of the increase. Other operating costs increased by 1.4 per cent, broadly in line with the prior year.

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit of GBP208 million includes a GBP3 million positive impact from the adoption of IFRS 16. There was no material foreign exchange impact on operating profit in Sterling terms. COVID-19 also did not have a material impact on operating profits.

Adjusted operating profit margin of 6.6 per cent was 50 basis points higher than the prior year.

Footnotes for Financial Review - GLS section

1. Comparisons with the prior year are no longer presented on an underlying basis. All percentage changes represent the movement between the results as presented. Any factors having a material impact on year on year comparisons are highlighted in the narrative to the results.

Group results

Reported results

 
                                                           Re-presented(1) 
                                                Reported          reported 
                                                52 weeks          53 weeks 
                                                   March             March 
Summary results (GBPm)                              2020              2019 
                                               =========  ================ 
Revenue                                           10,840            10,581 
Operating costs                                 (10,623)          (10,240) 
---------------------------------------------  ---------  ================ 
Operating profit before specific items               217               341 
Operating specific items                           (162)             (181) 
---------------------------------------------  ---------  ================ 
Operating profit                                      55               160 
Non-operating specific items                          89                15 
Net finance costs                                   (50)              (13) 
Net pension interest (non-operating specific 
 item)                                                86                79 
---------------------------------------------  =========  ================ 
Profit before tax                                    180               241 
---------------------------------------------  ---------  ================ 
Earnings per share (basic)                         16.1p             17.5p 
=============================================  =========  ================ 
 

Group revenue increased by GBP259 million, or GBP396 million after adjusting for the 53(rd) week in 2018-19. This was largely due to higher parcel revenue in GLS and UKPIL, which more than offset the decline in UKPIL letters revenue. GLS acquisitions have also contributed to the revenue increase. Group operating profit before specific items decreased by GBP124 million. This was primarily due to higher operating costs. Operating specific items of GBP162 million largely comprised a GBP91 million impairment charge relating to Parcelforce Worldwide assets, a provision for a regulatory fine of GBP50 million and associated interest from Ofcom and a GBP19 million charge for the amortisation of acquired intangible assets. The prior year included a GBP68 million impairment relating to the GSO and Postal Express businesses in GLS, a GBP64 million charge for the purchase of a further insurance policy for the RMSEPP, a GBP22 million charge for the Employee Free Shares and a GBP20 million charge for the amortisation of acquired intangible assets. Non-operating specific items of GBP89 million largely relate to the sale of Plots B and D and Plot C of Nine Elms in the year.

Profit before tax decreased to GBP180 million, of which UKPIL accounted for GBPnil million (2018-19: GBP160 million) and GLS accounted for GBP180 million (2018-19: GBP81 million). Basic earnings per share decreased to 16.1 pence. A full reconciliation of reported to adjusted results is set out in the section entitled 'Presentation of results'.

Adjusted results

Group revenue

 
                       Adjusted   Adjusted   Adjusted 
                       52 weeks   53 weeks   52 weeks 
                          March      March      March 
(GBPm)                     2020       2019       2019   Change(2) 
                      =========  =========  ========= 
UKPIL                     7,720      7,732      7,595        1.6% 
GLS                       3,161      2,888      2,888        9.5% 
Intragroup revenue         (41)       (39)       (39)        5.1% 
--------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------- 
Total                    10,840     10,581     10,444        3.8% 
====================  =========  =========  =========  ========== 
 

Intragroup revenue represents revenue from trading between UKPIL and GLS principally due to Parcelforce Worldwide operating as GLS's partner in the UK.

Group revenue growth of 3.8 per cent was driven by parcel growth in GLS and UKPIL, which more than offset the decline in UKPIL letters revenue. Total parcel revenue continued to grow as a percentage of Group revenue, accounting for 62.9 per cent (2018-19: 61.2(3) per cent). The main factors impacting revenue are described in the sections entitled 'UK Parcels, International & Letters (UKPIL)' and 'General Logistics Systems (GLS)'.

Group operating costs

 
                                           Re-presented(1)  Re-presented(1) 
                                 Adjusted         adjusted         adjusted 
                                 52 weeks         53 weeks         52 weeks 
                                    March            March            March 
(GBPm)                               2020             2019             2019  Change(2) 
-----------------------------   =========  ===============  ===============  --------- 
People costs                      (5,956)          (5,799)          (5,729)       4.0% 
------------------------------  ---------  ---------------  ---------------  --------- 
 People costs                     (5,928)          (5,753)          (5,683)       4.3% 
 Voluntary redundancy costs          (28)             (46)             (46)    (39.1%) 
------------------------------  ---------  ---------------  ---------------  --------- 
Non-people costs                  (4,559)          (4,371)          (4,339)       5.1% 
------------------------------  ---------  ---------------  ---------------  --------- 
 Distribution and conveyance 
  costs                           (2,786)          (2,606)          (2,591)       7.5% 
 Infrastructure costs               (991)            (995)            (988)       0.3% 
 Other operating costs              (782)            (770)            (760)       2.9% 
------------------------------  ---------  ---------------  ---------------  --------- 
Total                            (10,515)         (10,170)         (10,068)       4.4% 
==============================  =========  ===============  ===============  ========= 
 

Group operating costs increased by 4.4 per cent. As a result of adopting IFRS 16, there was a reduction in operating lease costs of GBP169 million and an increase in the depreciation charge of GBP156 million. Overall, there was a net reduction of GBP13 million in operating costs as a result of IFRS 16. Excluding this impact, adjusted operating costs increased by 4.6 per cent. The increase in Group operating costs was largely due to an increase in people costs, as people cost pressures (including frontline staff and managers' overall compensation) in the UK were not fully offset by productivity gains. Distribution and conveyance costs were also higher due to the impact of CPI, higher parcel volumes and the acquisitions in GLS. The main factors impacting operating costs in the year are described in the sections entitled 'UK Parcels, International & Letters (UKPIL)' and 'General Logistics Systems (GLS)'.

Distribution and conveyance costs include GBP41 million (2018-19: GBP39 million) of intragroup costs from the trading between UKPIL and GLS principally due to Parcelforce Worldwide operating as GLS's partner in the UK.

Group operating profit

 
                            Adjusted   Adjusted   Adjusted 
                            52 weeks   53 weeks   52 weeks 
                               March      March      March 
(GBPm)                          2020       2019       2019 
------------------------   =========  =========  ========= 
UKPIL                            117        234        199 
GLS                              208        177        177 
-------------------------  ---------  ---------  --------- 
Total                            325        411        376 
Operating profit margin         3.0%       3.9%       3.6% 
=========================  =========  =========  ========= 
 

Group operating profit margin was down 60 basis points, driven by the lower level of profitability in UKPIL.

Specific items and pension charge to cash difference adjustment

 
                                                                     52 weeks  53 weeks 
                                                                        March     March 
(GBPm)                                                                   2020      2019 
===================================================================  ========  ======== 
Pension charge to cash difference adjustment (within people costs)      (108)      (70) 
Operating specific items 
 Regulatory fine                                                         (51)         - 
 Impairment of assets                                                    (91)      (68) 
 Accounting impact of RMSEPP settlement                                     -      (64) 
 Employee Free Shares charge                                              (4)      (22) 
 Amortisation of acquired intangible assets                              (19)      (20) 
 Legacy/other credits/(costs)                                               3       (7) 
===================================================================  ========  ======== 
  Industrial diseases claim cost                                          (2)         - 
  Release of property tax provision                                         5         - 
  Other                                                                     -       (7) 
===================================================================  ========  ======== 
Total operating specific items                                          (162)     (181) 
===================================================================  ========  ======== 
Non-operating specific items 
 Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment                       89        15 
 Net pension interest                                                      86        79 
Total non-operating specific items                                        175        94 
===================================================================  ========  ======== 
Total specific items and pensions adjustment before tax                  (95)     (157) 
===================================================================  ========  ======== 
Total tax credit on specific items and pensions adjustment                 60        27 
===================================================================  ========  ======== 
 

The difference between the pension charge and cash cost (pension charge to cash difference adjustment) largely comprises the difference between the IAS 19 income statement pension charge rate of 20.8 per cent of pensionable pay for the Defined Benefit Cash Balance Scheme (DBCBS) from 1 April 2019 and the actual employer cash payments agreed with the Trustee of 15.6 per cent.

The pension charge to cash difference adjustment was GBP108 million in the year, GBP38 million higher than in 2018-19. This was largely due to an increase in the pension charge rate for the DBCBS from 18.9 per cent in 2018-19, to 20.8 per cent in 2019-20. The rate is higher than the expected rate of 19.6 per cent for 2019-20 as a result of a change in how the estimated mean term of the DBCBS has been derived.

Following the Competition Appeal Tribunal judgment of 12 November 2019, a provision has been made for a fine of GBP50 million and associated interest. Please see the "Principal Risks and Uncertainties" section for further details.

Following an impairment review of the Parcelforce Worldwide CGU it was identified that the carrying value of the assets exceeded their value in use. This has resulted in a GBP91 million impairment recorded within specific items. The prior year impairment charge related to goodwill and assets from the acquisition of the GSO and Postal Express businesses by GLS.

Operating specific items also include the Employee Free Shares charge of GBP4 million (2018-19: GBP22 million). This was lower than in the prior year because of the vesting of the SIP 2015 scheme in the prior year. The charge for Employee Free Shares is not expected to be material in the future.

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets of GBP19 million (2018-19: GBP20 million) largely relates to acquisitions in GLS.

Operating specific items in the prior year included a GBP64 million charge in relation to the purchase of a further insurance policy for the RMSEPP.

Non-operating specific items include the net pension interest credit of GBP86 million (2018-19: GBP79 million), which was higher than the prior year due to higher pension surplus position.

The profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment of GBP89 million (2018-19: GBP15 million) largely relates to the completion of the sale of Plots B and D and Plot C of Nine Elms. The proceeds from the sale of Plots B and D were received in June 2019 and Plot C in July 2019.

The tax credit on specific items related largely to deferred tax movements in relation to certain specific items.

Net finance costs

Reported net finance costs of GBP50 million (2018-19: GBP13 million) largely comprised interest on the EUR500 million bond of GBP11 million (2018-19: GBP11 million), interest on the EUR550 million bond of GBP3 million (2018-19: GBPnil) and interest on leases of GBP30 million (2018-19: GBP3 million). Interest on leases increased as a result of leases capitalised under IFRS 16. The syndicated bank loan facility was amended in September 2019 and its maturity date extended to September 2024, with options to extend for a further two years.

 
                                             Facility    Drawn   Facility 
Facility                               Rate    (GBPm)   (GBPm)   end date 
------------------------------  -----------  --------  -------  --------- 
EUR500 million bond                    2.5%       446      446       2024 
EUR550 million bond                    2.7%       489      489       2026 
Syndicated bank loan facility   LIBOR+0.70%       925      700       2024 
------------------------------  -----------  --------  -------  --------- 
Total                                           1,860    1,635 
==============================  ===========  ========  =======  ========= 
 

On 8 October 2019, Royal Mail plc issued a EUR550 million bond with a coupon of 1.25 per cent and maturity date of 8 October 2026. The foreign exchange risk associated with this bond has been hedged using a cross currency swap. The combined interest rate of the coupon and the cross-currency swap is 2.7 per cent.

The interest rate on the syndicated bank loan facility is LIBOR + 0.70 per cent. This consists of a margin of 0.4 per cent and a utilisation fee of 0.30 per cent as the facility was over two thirds drawn at 29 March 2020. The utilisation fee is 0.075 per cent when the facility is under one third drawn.

The blended interest rate on gross debt, including leases for 2019-20, was approximately 3 per cent. The retranslation impact of the EUR500 million and EUR550 million bonds are accounted for in equity.

Taxation

 
                                   52 weeks             53 weeks 
                                 March 2020           March 2019 
----------------------  -------------------  ------------------- 
(GBPm)                  UKPIL    GLS  Group  UKPIL    GLS  Group 
======================  =====  =====  =====  =====  =====  ===== 
Reported 
Profit before tax           -    180    180    160     81    241 
Tax credit / (charge)      31   (50)   (19)   (23)   (43)   (66) 
Effective tax rate        n/a  27.8%  10.6%  14.4%  53.1%  27.4% 
Adjusted 
Profit before tax          83    192    275    229    169    398 
Tax charge               (26)   (53)   (79)   (40)   (53)   (93) 
Effective tax rate      31.3%  27.6%  28.7%  17.5%  31.4%  23.4% 
======================  =====  =====  =====  =====  =====  ===== 
 

The UK adjusted effective tax rate of 31.3 per cent (2018-19: 17.5 per cent) is higher than the prior year mainly due to an increase in contingency provision against patent box claims. This effective tax rate is higher than the UK statutory rate of 19 per cent mainly as a result of the increase in contingency provision described above and non-deductible expenditure, partially offset by a one off, first time recognition of a deferred tax asset on non-trading tax losses. The impact of these items is exaggerated this year due to a lower adjusted UK profit before tax than in prior years.

The GLS adjusted effective tax rate of 27.6 per cent (2018-19: 31.4 per cent) is lower than the prior year mainly because 2018-19 included the derecognition of deferred tax assets in GLS US.

The Group reported effective tax rate is 10.6 per cent (2018-19: 27.4 per cent). This effective rate is significantly impacted by the UK reported tax credit of GBP31 million (2018-19: GBP23 million charge) on a UK reported profit of GBPnil (2018-19: GBP160 million). The main drivers of this tax credit include the net pension interest credit, on which there is no tax charge, profits made on operational property disposals which are offset by reinvestment relief, an increased recognition of a deferred tax asset on the industrial disease provision, and the effect of recalculating the deferred tax asset in the UK to 19 per cent. The impact of these items on the effective tax rate was partially offset by the Regulatory fine for which there is no tax credit.

Adjusted earnings per share (EPS)

Adjusted basic EPS was 19.6 pence compared with 30.5 pence in the prior year reflecting the trading performance of the Group.

In-year trading cash flow

 
                                                        Re-presented(1) 
                                              52 weeks         53 weeks 
                                                 March            March 
(GBPm)                                            2020             2019 
--------------------------------------------  ========  =============== 
Adjusted operating profit                          325              411 
Depreciation and amortisation                      516              391 
--------------------------------------------  --------  --------------- 
Adjusted EBITDA                                    841              802 
Trading working capital movements                  155            (227) 
Share-based awards (LTIP and DSBP) charge 
 adjustment                                          4                7 
Gross capital expenditure                        (342)            (364) 
Net finance costs paid                            (47)             (12) 
Research and development expenditure credit         14                2 
Income tax paid                                   (69)             (91) 
In-year trading cash flow                          556              117 
============================================  ========  =============== 
 

In-year trading cash inflow was GBP556 million, compared with GBP117 million in the prior year. This was mainly due to trading working capital inflow, lower capital expenditure, lower income tax paid and the impact of adopting IFRS 16. Including the impact of IFRS 16, the capital elements of lease payments of GBP141 million, in-year trading cash inflow was GBP415 million.

Under IFRS 16, operating lease costs previously recognised in operating costs are replaced by a depreciation charge on the assets and finance charge on the liabilities. As a result of adopting IFRS 16, adjusted operating profit increased by GBP13 million. The depreciation charge also increased by GBP156 million, resulting in a GBP169 million increase in adjusted EBITDA. Net finance costs increased by GBP28 million, reflecting the finance charge on liabilities. The net impact of IFRS 16 on in-year trading cash flow is an increase of GBP141 million. The GBP141 million outflow appears in 'Payment of capital element of obligations under lease contracts' in the consolidated statement of cash flows. As such, there is no impact on overall cash flow from IFRS 16.

Trading working capital inflow of GBP155 million was GBP382 million higher than the prior year. The prior year included a 53(rd) week. Payroll and VAT payments of GBP47 million and GBP17 million respectively were made in that week, which were not made in the current year. There was no bonus payment for managers in 2019-20, as we missed our threshold profitability level for 2018-19. 2018-19 also included a GBP101 million payment in relation to the 2017-18 frontline pay award.

Income tax paid decreased by GBP22 million largely because tax paid in 2018-19 was higher than normal as there was no tax relief in 2018-19 on payments made to the pension escrow in 2017-18. The increase in net finance costs paid of GBP35 million largely comprised of interest on leases capitalised under IFRS 16 and a GBP7 million loss in the market value of the RMPP pensions escrow investments.

Gross capital expenditure

 
                                  52 weeks  53 weeks 
                                     March     March 
(GBPm)                                2020      2019 
--------------------------------  ========  ======== 
Growth capital expenditure           (209)     (224) 
Replacement capital expenditure      (133)     (140) 
--------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Total                                (342)     (364) 
--------------------------------  --------  -------- 
 

Total gross capital expenditure was GBP342 million, of which GLS spend was GBP120 million. Growth capital expenditure in GLS was GBP7 million higher than the prior year. This is offset by lower growth capital expenditure in UKPIL, reflecting delays to the delivery of our transformation plan. Replacement capital expenditure was broadly in line with prior year. We continue to invest in strategic projects in UKPIL and GLS, including expanding the GLS network, IT systems, activities supporting data projects, and building our automated parcel hubs.

Net debt

A reconciliation of net debt is set out below.

 
                                                      52 weeks  53 weeks 
                                                         March     March 
(GBPm)                                                    2020      2019 
----------------------------------------------------  ========  ======== 
Net (debt)/cash brought forward at 1 April 
 2019 and 26 March 2018                                  (300)        14 
Capitalisation of leases under IFRS 16                 (1,062)         - 
Free cash flow                                             653      (71) 
----------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
In-year trading cash flow                                  556       117 
Other working capital movements                              7         6 
Cash cost of operating specific items                      (2)       (6) 
Proceeds from disposal of property (excluding 
 London Development Portfolio), plant and equipment         12        25 
Acquisition of business interests                         (17)     (220) 
Cash flows relating to London Development Portfolio         97         7 
----------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Purchase of own shares                                     (3)      (10) 
Employee exercise of SAYE options                            -         5 
New lease obligation under IFRS 16 (non-cash)            (156)         - 
Foreign currency exchange impact                          (20)         4 
Dividends paid to equity holders of the parent 
 Company                                                 (244)     (242) 
----------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Net (debt) carried forward                             (1,132)     (300) 
====================================================  ========  ======== 
 

Movements in GLS client cash are included within other working capital. The amount held at 29 March 2020 was GBP21 million (2018-19: GBP20 million). The cash cost of operating specific items was an outflow of GBP2 million mainly consisting of industrial disease settlements.

Proceeds from disposal of property (excluding the London Development Portfolio), plant and equipment of GBP12 million relate to the sale of the Plymouth MDEC site, Basildon Delivery Office, Inverness Mail Centre, vehicle disposals and other small property disposals.

Cash inflow relating to the London Development Portfolio was GBP97 million. Receipts of GBP123 million in relation to the Nine Elms site and GBP21 million in relation to the Mount Pleasant site were offset by infrastructure and enabling works costs of GBP47 million.

Acquisition of business interests in the year largely related to the acquisition of Mountain Valley Express (MVE) and Mountain Valley Freight Solutions businesses, and deferred consideration on prior year acquisitions. The acquisition of business interests in the prior year related to the acquisition of Dicom by GLS.

Purchase of own shares relates to the Group purchasing its own shares to meet Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) requirements.

New lease obligations under IFRS 16 of GBP156 million is a result of adopting IFRS 16, and it relates to additional operating lease commitments that were entered into during the year.

Net debt excluding the impact of IFRS 16 is GBP46 million.

2019-20 Approach to capital management

The Group had four key objectives for capital management during 2019-20. Management proposes actions which reflect the Group's investment plans and risk characteristics as well as the macro-economic conditions in which we operate. The Board keeps this policy under constant review to ensure that capital is allocated to achieve our stated objective of delivering sustainable shareholder value.

 
Objectives                     Enablers                                     2019-20 Update 
-----------------------------  -------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------ 
Meet the Group's obligations   Maintaining sufficient cash reserves         At 29 March 2020, the Group had available 
 as they fall due              and committed facilities to -                resources of GBP1,874 million (2018-19(4) 
                                *    meet all obligations, including pensi  : GBP1,266 
                               ons; and                                     million); made up of cash and cash 
                                                                            equivalents of GBP1,619 million (2018-19: 
                                                                            GBP216 million), 
                                *    manage future risks, including those   current asset investments of GBP30 million 
                               set out in the                               (2018-19: GBPnil), and undrawn committed 
                                     Principal Risks section                syndicated 
                                                                            bank loan facilities of GBP225 million 
                                                                            (2018-19: GBP1,050 million). 
 
                                                                            At 29 March 2020, the Group met the loan 
                                                                            covenants and other obligations for its 
                                                                            syndicated 
                                                                            bank loan facility and EUR500 million and 
                                                                            EUR550 million bonds. 
 
                                                                            Existing covenants have been waived until 
                                                                            March 2022 and replaced with a basic 
                                                                            liquidity covenant. 
                                                                            As a result, the Directors have a 
                                                                            reasonable expectation that the Group will 
                                                                            continue to meet 
                                                                            its obligations as they fall due. 
-----------------------------  -------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------ 
Support a progressive          Generate sufficient in-year trading cash     In the light of the current economic 
 dividend policy               flow to cover the ordinary dividend.         uncertainty, the Board believes it is 
                               Maintain sufficient                          prudent not to 
                               distributable reserves to sustain the        recommend a final dividend for the 
                               Group's dividend policy                      financial year 2019-20 and to suspend the 
                                                                            2020-21 dividend. 
                                                                            The dividend policy will be kept under 
                                                                            review and appropriate dividend payments 
                                                                            reinstated 
                                                                            as soon as economic conditions allow. Our 
                                                                            ambition is to re-commence dividend 
                                                                            payments in 
                                                                            2021-22, supported by GLS. 
-----------------------------  -------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------ 
Reduce the cost of capital     Target investment grade standard credit      During the year, the Group maintained a 
 for the Group                 metrics i.e. no lower than BBB- under        credit rating of BBB with a stable outlook 
                               Standard & Poor's                            from Standard 
                               rating methodology                           & Poor's. 
-----------------------------  -------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------ 
Retain sufficient flexibility  Funded by retained cash flows and            During the year, the Group made total 
 to invest in the future of    manageable levels of debt consistent         gross capital investments of GBP342 
 the business                  with our target credit rating                million (2018-19: 
                                                                            GBP364 million) and acquisition of 
                                                                            business interests of GBP17 million 
                                                                            (2018-19: GBP220 million) 
                                                                            while retaining sufficient capital 
                                                                            headroom. 
=============================  ===========================================  ========================================== 
 

Future approach to capital management

Our objective is to maintain a prudent financial policy. We believe we need to retain prudent levels of financial gearing given the high operational gearing inherent in our business. Balanced against this is the imperative to invest in the long-term sustainability of the Group. Our strategic plan requires a step up in investment, predominantly in the UK, over the next five years. This is a priority in our approach to capital management.

In the light of the current economic uncertainty, the Board believes it is prudent not to recommend a final dividend for the financial year 2019-20 and to suspend the 2020-21 dividend. The dividend policy will be kept under review and appropriate dividend payments reinstated as soon as economic conditions allow . Our ambition is to re-commence dividend payments in 2021-22, supported by GLS.

Pensions

A summary of the plans operated by Royal Mail plc and the timelines in context of this Financial Review are as follows:

   --    Closed in December 2012 
   --    Royal Mail Senior Executives Pension Plan (RMSEPP) 
   --    To 31 March 2018 
   --    Royal Mail Pension Plan (RMPP) 
   --    Royal Mail Defined Contribution Plan (RMDCP) 
   --    1 April 2018 to 29 March 2020 
   --    Defined Benefit Cash Balance Scheme (DBCBS) 
   --    Enhanced Royal Mail Defined Contribution Plan (RMDCP) 
   --    Proposed future scheme 
   --    Collective Defined Contribution (CDC) together with a Defined Benefit Lump Sum Scheme (DBLSS) 

The RMPP closed to future accrual in its previous form from 31 March 2018. The Group put in place transitional arrangements from 1 April 2018. It also implemented a new DBCBS within the RMPP and improved the RMDCP.

Details of each of the plans operated by Royal Mail plc are set out below.

Defined Benefit Cash Balance Scheme (DBCBS)

RMPP members automatically started building up DBCBS benefits from 1 April 2018 (unless they opted to join the improved RMDCP instead) together with eligible RMDCP members who opted to join.

The DBCBS guarantees members a minimum lump sum at age 65. It is therefore being accounted for as a defined benefit scheme in a similar way to the RMPP. The DBCBS will aim to provide increases to the lump sum each year, depending on investment performance. An IAS19 deficit of GBP177 million (2018-19: GBP72 million) is shown on the balance sheet. The scheme is not in funding deficit and it is not anticipated that deficit payments will be required. The DBCBS will be subject to triennial valuations from 2021.

An IAS 19 pension service charge of 20.8 per cent (2018-19: 18.9 per cent), equivalent to GBP388 million (2018-19: GBP362 million), has been charged to the income statement for the DBCBS scheme. The pension charge is greater than the cash contribution rate as the assumed rate of future increases in benefits (3.8 per cent) is greater than the assumed discount rate (2.2 per cent).

The Group has made contributions at 15.6 per cent (2019-20: GBP288 million; 2018-19: GBP297 million) of DBCBS pensionable pay in respect of the scheme. Members contribute six per cent (including Pension Salary Exchange).

The IAS 19 pension service charge to cash difference adjustment for 2019-20 was GBP108 million (2018-19: GBP70 million). Pension interest for 2020-21, calculated on the assets and liabilities as at 29 March 2020, will be a charge of GBP5 million.

Royal Mail Defined Contribution Plan (RMDCP)

Under the RMDCP, current and future RMDCP members in the standard section will contribute at the highest contribution tier (employee: six per cent; employer: ten per cent) unless they opt to contribute at a lower level. The contribution rate for members not in the standard section is employee: five per cent; employer: three per cent)

Royal Mail Pension Plan (RMPP)

The RMPP closed to future accrual in its previous form from 31 March 2018. The pre-withholding tax accounting surplus of the RMPP at 29 March 2020 was GBP5,550 million (31 March 2019: GBP3,696 million), comprising assets of GBP11,683 million (31 March 2019: GBP10,458 million) and liabilities of GBP6,133 million (31 March 2019: GBP6,762 million). The pre-withholding tax accounting surplus has increased by GBP1,854 million (31 March 2019: GBP434 million) in the period, as the increase in the 'real' discount rate since the prior year (the difference between RPI and the discount rate based on corporate bond yields) has resulted in a lower value being placed on scheme liabilities, whilst gilt yields have decreased in the period, increasing the value of scheme assets. The scheme's hedging arrangements are designed to reduce volatility in the actuarial funding valuation, rather than in the accounting valuation. After the withholding tax adjustment, the accounting surplus of the RMPP was GBP3,608 million at 29 March 2020 (31 March 2019: GBP2,402 million). This is an accounting adjustment with no cash benefit to the Group. For 2020-21, the pension interest will be a credit of GBP122 million.

The triennial valuation of the RMPP at 31 March 2018 was agreed on 19 July 2019. Based on this set of assumptions rolled forwards, the RMPP actuarial surplus at 29 March 2020 was estimated to be around GBP575 million (31 March 2019: GBP50 million).

Royal Mail Senior Executives Pension Plan (RMSEPP)

The RMSEPP closed in December 2012 to future accrual and the Group makes no regular service contributions.

Following the purchase of an additional insurance policy in September 2018 in respect of all remaining pensioners and deferred members it was decided to proceed to buy-out and wind-up of the Plan. As a result the purchase of the insurance policy was treated as a settlement in the 2018-19 financial statements. The difference between the IAS 19 surplus before and after the transaction resulted in GBP64 million being charged to the income statement as an operating specific item. Further progress towards buy-out and winding-up of the Plan has been made in the current year, and the target is to have the process completed in 2021. There is no charge in the current year.

All benefit payments due from the RMSEPP remain unchanged. The insurance policies held by the RMSEPP exactly match the value and timing of the benefits payable to individual members and the fair value of those policies are deemed to be the present value of the related obligations. Further details can be found in the paragraph entitled 'Royal Mail Senior Executive Plan (RMSEPP)' in Note 11 in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Based on the rolled forward assumptions used for the RMSEPP triennial valuation as at 31 March 2018 completed in the prior year, the RMSEPP actuarial surplus at 31 March 2020 was estimated to be GBP9 million (31 March 2019: GBP10 million).

In accordance with the updated Schedule of Contributions agreed as part of that valuation, a final deficit payment of GBP1 million was paid in 2018-19, together with GBP1 million in respect of death-in-service lump sum benefits and administration expenses. In accordance with the Schedule of Contributions signed on 25 March 2019, GBP500,000 has been paid in 2019-20 and is due to be paid per annum for the period 1 April 2020 to 31 March 2025.

Pension schemes are now under an obligation to address the issue of unequal Guaranteed Minimum Pensions (GMP). From the Group's perspective, the transfer of RMPP's historical pension liabilities to HM Government in 2012, in accordance with the Postal Services Act 2011, included all of the plan's GMP liabilities. The requirement to remove the inequality in former RMPP benefits deriving from GMPs therefore rests with Government.

RMSEPP, however, does still hold its GMP liabilities and will be required to take action to equalise benefits. The Trustees are considering the approach to be taken to address the issue of unequal Guaranteed Minimum Pensions (GMPs) in respect of the RMSEPP scheme but estimate that the cost of this will not be material.

Collective Defined Contribution (CDC) scheme and Defined Benefit Lump Sum Scheme (DBLSS)

We have, for some time, been working closely with the CWU and other stakeholders to make CDC a reality for Royal Mail and its people.

The Pension Schemes Bill, which will enable CDC pension schemes for the first time under UK law, is now currently progressing through Parliament. Once complete, and after any further legislative and regulatory changes have been made, Royal Mail aims to set up the first scheme of this kind in the UK.

Based on current expectations, the CDC scheme will be accounted for as a defined contribution scheme. The DBLSS will be accounted for as a defined benefit scheme with the accounting treatment expected to be similar to the transitional DBCBS. The new arrangements will have fixed employer contributions of 13.6 per cent and employee contributions of six per cent.

In 2020-21, the employer and employee contributions are expected to be around GBP400 million in respect of all UK pension schemes.

Financial risks and related hedging

The Group is exposed to commodity price and currency risk. The Group operates hedging policies which are stated in the Notes to the Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019-20. The forecast diesel and jet commodity exposures in UKPIL are set out below together with the sensitivity of 2020-21 operating profit to changes in commodity prices and fuel duty.

 
                                                                                                          Impact 
                                                                                            Impact        on 
                                                                                            on            2020-21 
                       Fuel                                            Residual             2020-21       operating 
                       duty/other     Underlying                       unhedged             operating     profit 
                       costs (incl    commodity                        underlying           profit        of a further 
                       irrecoverable  exposure             Underlying  commodity            of a further  10% increase 
             Forecast  VAT) -         (incl irrecoverable   commodity  exposure             10% increase  in fuel 
              total    not hedged     VAT)                  volume     (incl irrecoverable  in commodity  duty/other 
2020-21       cost     2020-21        2020-21               hedged     VAT)                 price         cost 
Exposure      GBPm     GBPm           GBPm                  %          GBPm                 GBPm          GBPm 
-----------  --------  -------------  -------------------  ----------  -------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Diesel       156       100            56                   88          4                    -             10 
Jet fuel     9         2              7                    82          1                    -             - 
-----------  --------  -------------  -------------------  ----------  -------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Total        165       102            63                   87          5                    -             10 
===========  ========  =============  ===================  ==========  ===================  ============  ============ 
 

As a result of hedging, it is anticipated that the diesel and jet fuel commodity cost for 2020-21 will be similar to 2019-20. Without hedging, the associated cost would be around GBP23 million lower (based upon closing fuel prices at 29 March 2020).

The Group is exposed to foreign currency exchange risk in relation to interest payments on the EUR500 million bond, certain obligations under Euro denominated finance leases, trading with overseas postal administrations and various purchase contracts denominated in foreign currency. GLS' functional currency is the Euro which results in translational foreign currency exchange risk to revenue, costs and operating profit. The EUR550 million bond, issued in October 2019 is fully hedged by a cross currency swap with no residual exposure to foreign currency or interest rate risk.

The average exchange rate between Sterling and the Euro was GBP1:EUR1.14, (2018-19: GBP1:EUR1.13). The impact of exchange rates on GLS' reported operating profit before tax in 2019-20 was not material. The impact of foreign exchange transactions in the UK was not material in 2019-20. The net impact on Group operating profit before tax was not material.

The Group manages its interest rate risk through a combination of fixed rate loans and leasing, floating rate loans/facilities and floating rate financial investments. At 29 March 2020, all the gross debt of GBP2,823 million was at fixed rates.

Property

We invested a total of GBP47 million in the year on works to separate the retained operational sites from the development plots at Mount Pleasant and infrastructure works at Nine Elms.

Mount Pleasant

In the year, we received GBP21 million cash proceeds. Further cash proceeds are to be paid in contractually agreed staged payments in 2020-21, with the final balance of consideration to be paid in 2024. All proceeds received up to 2020-21, in aggregate, are expected to cover Royal Mail's outgoings on the separation and enabling works up to that point.

Nine Elms

In the year, we received GBP101 million (2018-19: GBPnil) cash proceeds on formal completion of the sale of Plots B and D on Nine Elms. We have committed to reinvesting around GBP30 million for infrastructure works associated with these plots.

We have also received GBP22 million cash proceeds on formal completion of the sale of Plot C at the Nine Elms site to Galliard Homes.

Further investment will be required in relation to infrastructure and Linear Park for the remaining plots.

Dividends

The final dividend of 17.0 pence per share in respect of the 2018-19 financial year was paid on 4 September 2019, following shareholder approval.

The interim dividend of 7.5 pence per share in respect of the 2019-20 financial year was paid on 15 January 2020, following shareholder approval, to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 6 December 2019

Dividend in respect of 2019-20

In the light of the current economic uncertainty, the Board believes it is prudent not to recommend a final dividend for the financial year 2019-20. The dividend policy will be kept under review and appropriate dividend payments reinstated as soon as economic conditions allow. Our ambition is to re-commence dividend payments in 2021-22, supported by GLS.

Footnotes for Financial Review - Group section

1. 2018-19 full year results have been re-presented as described in the section entitled 'Changes in disclosures and metrics used in external reporting'.

2. Comparisons with the prior year are against the adjusted 52 week results, and are no longer presented on an underlying basis. All percentage changes represent the movement between the results as presented. Any factors having a material impact on year on year comparisons are highlighted in the narrative to the results.

3. On a 52 week basis and reflects the new revenue allocation methodology as described in the section entitled 'Changes in disclosures and metrics used in external reporting'.

4. Re-presented to exclude GLS client cash of GBP20 million.

Presentation of Results and Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)

 
                                                                                      Re-presented(1) 
                                                         52 weeks                            53 weeks 
                                                       March 2020                          March 2019 
                               ==================================  ================================== 
                               Reported        Specific  Adjusted  Reported        Specific  Adjusted 
                                              items and                           items and 
                                                pension                             pension 
(GBPm)                                    adjustment(2)                       adjustment(2) 
=============================  ========  ==============  ========  ========  ==============  ======== 
Revenue                          10,840               -    10,840    10,581               -    10,581 
Operating costs                (10,623)           (108)  (10,515)  (10,240)            (70)  (10,170) 
People costs                    (6,064)           (108)   (5,956)   (5,869)            (70)   (5,799) 
-----------------------------  --------  --------------  --------  --------  --------------  -------- 
People costs                    (6,036)           (108)   (5,928)   (5,823)            (70)   (5,753) 
Voluntary redundancy               (28)               -      (28)      (46)               -      (46) 
-----------------------------  --------  --------------  --------  --------  --------------  -------- 
Non-people costs                (4,559)               -   (4,559)   (4,371)               -   (4,371) 
-----------------------------  --------  --------------  --------  --------  --------------  -------- 
Distribution and conveyance 
 costs                          (2,786)               -   (2,786)   (2,606)               -   (2,606) 
Infrastructure costs              (991)               -     (991)     (995)               -     (995) 
Other operating costs             (782)               -     (782)     (770)               -     (770) 
-----------------------------  --------  --------------  --------  --------  --------------  -------- 
Operating profit before 
 specific items                     217           (108)       325       341            (70)       411 
Operating specific 
 items: 
Impairment of assets               (91)            (91)         -      (68)            (68)         - 
Accounting impact of 
 RMSEPP settlement                    -               -         -      (64)            (64)         - 
Regulatory fine                    (51)            (51)         -         -               -         - 
Employee Free Shares 
 charge                             (4)             (4)         -      (22)            (22)         - 
Amortisation of intangible 
 assets in acquisitions            (19)            (19)         -      (20)            (20)         - 
Legacy/other credits/(costs)          3               3         -       (7)             (7)         - 
Operating profit / 
 (loss)                              55           (270)       325       160           (251)       411 
Non-operating specific 
 items: 
Profit on disposal 
 of property, plant 
 and equipment                       89              89         -        15              15         - 
Earnings before interest 
 and tax                            144           (181)       325       175           (236)       411 
Finance costs                      (56)               -      (56)      (18)               -      (18) 
Finance income                        6               -         6         5               -         5 
Net pension interest 
 (non-operating specific 
 item)                               86              86         -        79              79         - 
=============================  ========  ==============  ========  ========  ==============  ======== 
Profit before tax                   180            (95)       275       241           (157)       398 
Tax (charge)/credit                (19)              60      (79)      (66)              27      (93) 
=============================  ========  ==============  ========  ========  ==============  ======== 
Profit for the period               161            (35)       196       175           (130)       305 
=============================  ========  ==============  ========  ========  ==============  ======== 
Earnings per share 
Basic                             16.1p          (3.5p)     19.6p     17.5p         (13.0p)     30.5p 
Diluted                           16.1p          (3.5p)     19.6p     17.5p         (13.0p)     30.5p 
=============================  ========  ==============  ========  ========  ==============  ======== 
 

The Group uses certain Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) in its financial reporting that are not defined under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) under which the Group produces its statutory financial information. These APMs are not a substitute, or superior to, any IFRS measures of performance. They are used by Management, who considers them to be an important means of comparing performance year on -year and are key measures used within the business for assessing performance.

APMs should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute to, financial information presented in compliance with GAAP. Where appropriate, reconciliations to the nearest GAAP measure have been provided. The APMs used may not be directly comparable with similarly titled APMs used by other companies.

A full list of APMs used are set out in the section entitled 'Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)'.

Reported to adjusted results

The Group makes adjustments to results reported under IFRS to exclude specific items and the IAS 19 pension charge to cash difference adjustment (see definitions in the paragraph entitled 'Alternative performance measures'). Management believes this is a more meaningful basis upon which to analyse the business performance (in particular given the volatile nature of the IAS 19 charge) and is consistent with the way financial performance is reported to the Board.

IFRS can have the impact of causing high levels of volatility in reported earnings which do not relate to changes in the operational performance of the Group. Management has reviewed the long-term differences between reported and adjusted profit after tax. Cumulative reported profit after taxation for the five years ended 29 March 2020 was GBP1,089 million compared with cumulative adjusted profit after tax of GBP1,813 million. Annual reported profit after tax showed a range of GBP161 million to GBP273 million. The principal cause of the difference and volatility is due to pension-related accounting.

Further details on specific items excluded are included in the paragraph entitled 'Specific items and pension charge to cash difference adjustment'. A reconciliation showing the adjustments made between reported and adjusted Group results can be found in the paragraph entitled 'Consolidated reported and adjusted results reconciliation'.

Presentation of results

Consolidated reported and adjusted results

The following table reconciles the consolidated reported results, prepared in accordance with IFRS, to the consolidated 52 week adjusted results.

2018-19 adjusted results

2018-19 was a 53 week period. The table below reconciles the 2018-19 consolidated 53 week adjusted results to the 52 week consolidated results as previously reported. The table also reconciles the 2018-19 adjusted 52 week results presented in this Financial Review to the full year 2018-19 adjusted results published previously. More details can be found in the section called "Changes in disclosures and metrics used in external reporting".

 
                                               Adjusted                  Adjusted 
                                               53 weeks    53(rd)        52 weeks                     Re-presented(1) 
                                                  March      week           March                            Adjusted 
                                                   2019   revenue            2019                            52 weeks 
                                          as previously       and   as previously  Transformation(1)            March 
(GBPm)                                        published     costs       published              costs             2019 
=======================================  ==============  ========  ==============  =================  =============== 
Revenue                                          10,581     (137)          10,444                  -           10,444 
Operating costs                                (10,037)       102         (9,935)              (133)         (10,068) 
People costs                                    (5,712)        70         (5,642)               (87)          (5,729) 
---------------------------------------  --------------  --------  --------------  -----------------  --------------- 
People costs                                    (5,712)        70         (5,642)               (41)          (5,683) 
Voluntary redundancy(2)                               -         -               -               (46)             (46) 
---------------------------------------  --------------  --------  --------------  -----------------  --------------- 
Non-people costs                                (4,325)        32         (4,293)               (46)          (4,339) 
---------------------------------------  --------------  --------  --------------  -----------------  --------------- 
Distribution and conveyance 
 costs                                          (2,606)        15         (2,591)                  -          (2,591) 
Infrastructure costs                              (995)         7           (988)                  -            (988) 
Other operating costs                             (724)        10           (714)               (46)            (760) 
---------------------------------------  --------------  --------  --------------  -----------------  --------------- 
Operating profit before transformation 
 costs                                              544      (35)             509                  -                - 
---------------------------------------  --------------  --------  --------------  -----------------  --------------- 
Transformation costs                              (133)         -           (133)                133                - 
---------------------------------------  --------------  --------  --------------  -----------------  --------------- 
Adjusted operating profit                           411      (35)             376                  -              376 
---------------------------------------  --------------  --------  --------------  -----------------  --------------- 
 

Segmental reported results

The following table presents the segmental reported results, prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 
                                                             52 weeks                             Re-presented(1) 53 weeks 
                                                           March 2020                                           March 2019 
                  ---------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------- 
                                           GLS                                                  GLS 
                            UKPIL      (Non-UK    Intragroup                     UKPIL      (Non-UK    Intragroup 
(GBPm)            (UK operations)  operations)  Eliminations    Group  (UK operations)  operations)  Eliminations    Group 
----------------  ---------------  -----------  ------------  -------  ---------------  -----------  ------------  ------- 
Revenue                     7,720        3,161          (41)   10,840            7,732        2,888          (39)   10,581 
People costs              (5,342)        (722)             -  (6,064)          (5,202)        (667)             -  (5,869) 
Non-people costs          (2,369)      (2,231)            41  (4,559)          (2,366)      (2,044)            39  (4,371) 
                  ---------------  -----------  ------------  -------  ---------------  -----------  ------------  ------- 
Operating profit 
 before 
 specific items                 9          208             -      217              164          177             -      341 
Operating 
 specific 
 items                      (149)         (13)             -    (162)             (92)         (89)             -    (181) 
Operating 
 (loss)/profit              (140)          195             -       55               72           88             -      160 
Non-operating 
 specific 
 items(2)                      88            1             -       89               14            1             -       15 
(Loss)/earnings 
 before 
 interest and 
 tax                         (52)          196             -      144               86           89             -      175 
Net finance 
 costs                       (34)         (16)             -     (50)              (5)          (8)             -     (13) 
Net pension 
 interest 
 (non-operating 
 specific 
 item)                         86            -             -       86               79            -             -       79 
----------------  ---------------  -----------  ------------  -------  ---------------  -----------  ------------  ------- 
Profit before 
 tax                            -          180             -      180              160           81             -      241 
----------------  ---------------  -----------  ------------  -------  ---------------  -----------  ------------  ------- 
Tax 
 credit/(charge)               31         (50)             -     (19)             (23)         (43)             -     (66) 
----------------  ---------------  -----------  ------------  -------  ---------------  -----------  ------------  ------- 
Profit for the 
 period                        31          130             -      161              137           38             -      175 
================  ===============  ===========  ============  =======  ===============  ===========  ============  ======= 
 
 

Footnotes for Financial Review - Presentation of Results and Alternative Performance Measures section

1. 2018-19 full year results have been re-presented as described in the section entitled 'Changes in disclosures and metrics used in external reporting'. The impacts are the same for the 53 weeks March 2019 results.

2. Details of specific items in the pension adjustment can be found under 'Specific items and pension charge to cash difference adjustment' in the Group Results section.

Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)

This section lists the definitions of the various APMs disclosed throughout the Annual Report and Accounts and Financial Review. They are used by Management, who consider them to be an important means of comparing performance year on year and are key measures used within the business for assessing Business performance.

Adjusted operating profit

This measure is based on reported operating profit (see above) excluding the pension charge to cash difference adjustment and operating specific items, which Management considers to be key adjustments in understanding the underlying profit of the Group at this level.

These adjusted measures are reconciled to the reported results in the table in the paragraph entitled 'Consolidated reported and adjusted results reconciliation'. Definitions of operating costs, the pension charge to cash difference adjustment, and operating specific items are provided below.

Adjusted operating profit margin

This is a fundamental measure of performance that Management uses to understand the efficiency of the business in generating profit. It calculates 'adjusted operating profit' as a proportion of revenue in percentage terms.

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) before specific items

EBITDA is reported operating profit before specific items with depreciation and amortisation and share of associate company profits added back.

Adjusted EBITDA is EBITDA before specific items with the pension charge to cash difference adjustment added back.

EBITDA is considered to be a useful measure of operating performance because it approximates the underlying operating cash flow by eliminating depreciation, amortisation and the performance of associate companies.

The following table reconciles adjusted EBITDA to reported operating profit before specific items.

 
                                               52 weeks  53 weeks 
                                                  March     March 
(GBPm)                                             2020      2019 
=============================================  ========  ======== 
Reported operating profit before specific 
 items                                              217       341 
Depreciation and amortisation                       516       391 
EBITDA                                              733       732 
Pension charge to cash difference adjustment        108        70 
=============================================  ========  ======== 
Adjusted EBITDA                                     841       802 
=============================================  ========  ======== 
 

Adjusted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per share is reported basic earnings per share, excluding operating and non-operating specific items and the pension charge to cash difference adjustment. A reconciliation of this number to reported basic earnings per share is included in the adjusted results table in the section entitled 'Presentation of results'.

People costs

These are costs incurred in respect of the Group's employees and comprise wages and salaries, temporary resource, pensions and social security costs. People costs relating to projects and voluntary redundancy costs are also included.

Distribution and conveyance costs

These costs relate to non-people costs incurred in transporting and delivering mail by rail, road, sea and air, together with costs incurred by international mail carriers, Parcelforce Worldwide delivery operators and GLS.

Infrastructure costs

These are costs primarily relating to the day-to-day operation of the delivery network and include depreciation and amortisation, IT and property facilities management costs.

Other operating costs

These are any operating costs which do not fall into the categories of people costs, distribution and conveyance costs or infrastructure costs including for example, Post Office Limited agency costs, consumables and training. Non-people costs relating to projects are included. Other operating costs exclude operating specific items.

Pension charge to cash difference adjustment

This adjustment represents the difference between the IAS 19 income statement pension charge and the actual cash payments. Management believes this adjustment is appropriate in order to eliminate the volatility of the IAS 19 accounting charge and to include only the true cash cost of the pension plans in the adjusted operating profit of the Group.

For the DBCBS, applicable from 1 April 2019, this represents the difference between the IAS 19 income statement pension charge rate of 20.8 per cent (2018-19 18.9 per cent) and the actual cash payments of 15.6 per cent.

The prior year adjustment also included an adjustment for one week in respect of the RMPP which closed on 31 March 2018. This represented the difference between the IAS 19 income statement pension charge rate of 41.0 per cent to 31 March 2018 and the actual cash payments agreed with the RMPP Trustee of 17.1 per cent of pensionable pay to 31 March 2018.

Operating specific items

These are recurring or non-recurring items of income or expense of a particular size and/or nature relating to the operations of the business that, in Management's opinion, require separate identification. Management does not consider them to be reflective of year on year operating performance. These include items that have resulted from events that are non-recurring in nature, even though related income/expense can be recognised in subsequent periods.

Regulatory fine

Following the Competition Appeal Tribunal judgment of 12 November 2019, a provision has been made for a fine of GBP50 million and associated interest. Please see the Principal Risks and Uncertainties section for further details.

Employee Free Shares charge

These relate to accounting charges arising from the granting of free shares to employees upon the Government's sales of its stake in the business (SIP 2016), as well as partnership and matching shares, with no direct cash impact on the Group.

Accounting impact of RMSEPP settlement

These costs relate to the purchase of insurance policies for the RMSEPP. This involves purchasing an insurance policy that provides cash flows that exactly match the value and timing of the benefits payable to the members it covers. These are accounting adjustments in relation to the write off of the closing surplus as a result of the purchase of the policy and have no cash impact to the Group.

Amortisation of intangible assets in acquisitions

These notional charges, which arise as a direct consequence of IFRS business combination accounting requirements, are separately identified as Management does not consider these costs to be directly related to the trading performance of the Group.

Legacy/other costs/credits

These costs/credits relate either to unavoidable ongoing costs arising from historic events (industrial diseases provision), restructuring costs, or historic provisions not utilised.

Non-operating specific items

These are recurring or non-recurring items of income or expense of a particular size and/or nature which do not form part of the Group's trading activity and in Management's opinion require separate identification.

Profit/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment (PP&E)

Management separately identifies profit/loss on disposal of PP&E as these disposals are not part of the Group's trading activity and are driven primarily by business strategy.

Free cash flow

Free cash flow (FCF) is calculated as statutory (reported) net cash flow before financing activities, adjusted to include finance costs paid and exclude net cash from the purchase/sale of financial asset investments. FCF represents the cash that the Group generates after spending the money required to maintain or expand its asset base.

In-year trading cash flow

In-year trading cash flow reflects the cash generated from the trading activities of the Group. It is based on reported net cash inflow from operating activities, adjusted to exclude other working capital movements and the cash cost of operating specific items and to include the cash cost of property, plant and equipment and intangible asset acquisitions and net finance payments. Other working capital movements include movements in GLS client cash held and in deferred revenue from stamps purchased in prior years. In-year trading cash flow is used primarily by Management to show cash being generated by operations less cash investment.

The following table reconciles in-year trading cash flow to the nearest IFRS measure 'net cash inflow from operating activities'.

 
                                             Reported   Reported 
                                             52 weeks   53 weeks 
                                                March      March 
(GBPm)                                           2020       2019 
==========================================  =========  ========= 
Net cash inflow from operating activities         950        493 
Adjustment for: 
Other working capital movements                   (7)        (6) 
Cash cost of operating specific items               2          6 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment       (265)      (264) 
Purchase of intangible assets (software)         (77)      (100) 
Net finance costs paid                           (47)       (12) 
==========================================  =========  ========= 
In-year trading cashflow                          556        117 
==========================================  =========  ========= 
 

Gross capital expenditure

Gross capital expenditure is a measure of the cash utilised by the Group in the year on capital investment activities. It is a measure used by Management to monitor capital investment within the Group. The items making up this balance in the statutory cash flow are indicated in the section 'Consolidated statement of cash flows'.

Net debt

Net debt is calculated by netting the value of financial liabilities (excluding derivatives) against cash and other liquid assets. It is a measure of the Group's net indebtedness that provides an indicator of the overall balance sheet strength. It is also a single measure that can be used to assess the combined impact of the Group's indebtedness and its cash position. The use of the term net debt does not necessarily mean that the cash included in the net debt calculation is available to settle the liabilities included in this measure. Details of the borrowing facilities in place and the amounts drawn can be found in the section titled 'Net finance costs'.

A reconciliation of net debt to reported balance sheet line items is shown below.

 
                            At 29 March  At 31 March 
(GBPm)                             2020         2019 
==========================  ===========  =========== 
Loans/bonds                     (1,635)        (431) 
Leases                          (1,188)        (125) 
Cash and cash equivalents         1,640          236 
Investments                          30            - 
Client cash                          21           20 
Pension escrow (RMSEPP)              21           20 
==========================  ===========  =========== 
Net debt                        (1,132)        (300) 
==========================  ===========  =========== 
 

Leases have increased due to the capitalisation of leases as a result of adopting IFRS 16. The Group recognised a 'right of use' asset and a corresponding lease liability based on the leases held on transition. Additions and modifications to leases since transition are also captured within this balance.

Cash and cash equivalents increased by GBP1,403 million largely as a result of free cash flow of GBP653 million (2018-19: GBP71 million outflow), proceeds from the EUR550 million bond issue of GBP489 million and drawings of GBP700 million on the syndicated bank loan facility, offset by dividends paid of GBP244 million (2018-19: GBP242 million) and payment of capital element of obligations under lease contracts of GBP172 million (2018-19: GBP56 million).

The short term deposit of GBP30 million represents a short term cash deposit with a relationship bank which matures in July 2020.

Net debt excludes GBP180 million (2018-19: GBP187 million) related to the RMPP pension scheme of the total GBP201 million (2018-19: GBP207 million) pension escrow investments on the balance sheet which is not considered to fall within the definition of net debt.

The RMPP escrow agreement specifies that the funds must be used for the benefit of members, on a basis to be agreed between the Plan Trustee and the company. The funds are therefore not available to management for corporate purposes (outside of pension arrangements) and so the RMPP escrow is excluded from net debt.

The RMSEPP escrow agreement specifies that the funds will be returned to the Company once they are no longer required for security purposes and therefore the RMSEPP escrow is included within net debt.

Adjusted effective tax rate

The adjusted effective tax rate is the adjusted tax charge or credit for the year expressed as a proportion of adjusted profit before tax. Adjusted effective tax rate is considered to be a useful measure of tax impact for the year. It approximates the tax rate on the underlying trading business through the exclusion of specific items and the pension charge to cash difference adjustment.

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

 
 Principal risk                          Status                                  How we are mitigating the risk 
 Transformation and the risk of industrial action 
  There is extensive trade union recognition in respect of our workforce in the UK, with strong 
  and active trade unions. As Royal Mail Group continues to transform in order to remain competitive 
  in the letters and parcels markets, including delivering its 'turnaround and grow' plan in 
  the UK, there remains a risk of industrial action. 
 Industrial action                            Ø High severity 
                                               Ø Increasing risk 
                                               Ø Fast speed 
 There is a risk that one or more        During the year, the threat of          We are working with CWU during the 
 material disagreements or disputes      industrial action has impacted our UK   COVID-19 pandemic to ensure we 
 between the Group and                   business:                               achieve our objectives to: 
 its trade unions could result in        - our UK 'turnaround and grow' plan     i) safeguard the health and wellbeing 
 widespread localised or national        is behind schedule, in part due to      of our people and the communities we 
 industrial action.                      the industrial relations                serve; and ii) 
 The absence of major industrial         environment.                            continue to deliver the best possible 
 action is a key assumption              - additional investment was required    service to our customers during this 
 underpinning the 'turnaround and        to protect service quality to manage    unprecedented crisis. 
 grow' plan in the UK. The plan          the impact of the                       This has led to the temporary 
 requires a high level of operational    threat of industrial action on          introduction of enhanced sick absence 
 change in an increasingly               Christmas and the December 2019 UK      terms, and changes to 
 competitive market. This has already    General Election, which                 ways of working. 
 put additional strain on the            has impacted productivity for           We welcomed and appreciated CWU's 
 stability of our industrial             2019-20.                                statement that the COVID-19 crisis 
 relations.                              - a small number of customers moved     was not the time to take 
 Widespread localised or national        volumes to other carriers due to the    industrial action. We continue to 
 industrial action would cause           threat of industrial                    engage, on a regular basis and at a 
 material disruption to our              action in December 2019.                senior level, with CWU 
 business in the UK. It would likely     Following the High Court ruling that    and Unite/CMA on our plans for 
 to result in an immediate and           the CWU's October 2019 ballot for       change. Our engagement with CWU 
 potentially ongoing significant         industrial action was                   follows our recent Joint Statement 
 loss of revenue for the Group. It may   unlawful and void, we approached CWU    with the union whereby both parties 
 also cause Royal Mail to fail to meet   in January 2020 to offer mutual         committed to work on setting up a 
 the Quality of                          interest talks. CWU withdrew            joint framework for 
 Service targets prescribed by Ofcom,    from those talks.                       talks to seek to resolve our dispute. 
 which may lead to enforcement action    On 4 February 2020, CWU announced a     We have honoured all our Agreements 
 and fines.                              timeline for a further ballot for       with CWU. This includes two pay 
                                         industrial action. On                   awards and an hour's reduction 
                                         17 March 2020, it confirmed 94.5 per    in the working week, amounting to an 
                                         cent of Royal Mail members who voted    effective pay increase of around 10 
                                         were in favour of                       per cent over two 
                                         industrial action. CWU has stated its   years. All the appropriate dispute 
                                         intention to defer industrial action    resolution procedures have been 
                                         as we prioritise                        followed and completed. 
                                         dealing with the COVID-19 pandemic      Our Agenda for Growth agreement with 
                                         and protecting our people and           CWU provides a joint commitment to 
                                         customers.                              improved industrial 
                                         When we offered talks at the            relations and to resolving disputes 
                                         beginning of the year, we were clear    at pace in a way that is beneficial 
                                         we needed to proceed with               to both employees 
                                         key national trials and local           and Royal Mail. There is a prescribed 
                                         operational improvements. All have      resolution process for disputes. The 
                                         been delayed by the industrial          Agreement has legally 
                                         relations environment, in some cases,   binding protections for the workforce 
                                         by well over a year. Since then, we     in respect of future job security and 
                                         have made progress                      our employment 
                                         with trials of automated clocking in    model. These can be rescinded in 
                                         and out and separate van delivery of    certain circumstances, including in 
                                         larger and Next                         the event of national 
                                         Day parcels. We have also commenced a   industrial action. 
                                         small number of local change 
                                         initiatives. 
                                        --------------------------------------  -------------------------------------- 
 Pension arrangements                         Ø Low severity 
                                               Ø Stable 
                                               Ø Fast speed 
 We recognise pension benefits are       The Royal Mail Pension Plan closed to   We are continuing to work with CWU 
 important. We will continue to          future accrual in its Defined Benefit   and Government to introduce the 
 provide sustainable and affordable      form on 31 March                        necessary legislative and 
 pensions arrangements for our people.   2018. A new Defined Benefit Cash        regulatory changes so that we can 
 There is a risk that we may be unable   Balance Scheme was put in place from    introduce our proposed CDC pension 
 to obtain the necessary legislative     1 April 2018.                           scheme as soon as possible. 
 changes to enable                       The overall ongoing cash cost of the 
 us to implement the UK's first          transitional arrangements and the 
 Collective Defined Contribution (CDC)   proposed CDC scheme 
 pension scheme, as agreed               is expected to continue to be around 
 with the CWU.                           GBP400 million a year. 
                                         The Pension Schemes Bill, of which 
                                         CDC is a part, was tabled on 7 
                                         January 2020 and has started 
                                         its progress through Parliament. The 
                                         passage of the Bill depends on 
                                         factors including the 
                                         amount of parliamentary time made 
                                         available. 
                                        --------------------------------------  -------------------------------------- 
 
 
 Efficiency                        Ø High severity 
                                   Ø Increasing 
                                   risk 
                                   Ø Fast speed 
 Royal Mail must become       UK profits have declined     Following the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, we are 
 more efficient and           more than 70 per cent        prioritising the protection of our people 
 flexible to compete          since 2014-15, while costs   and customers, whilst keeping mail and parcels moving. We 
 effectively in the parcel    have increased.              have already committed around GBP40 
 and                          Prior to COVID-19, the       million on buying equipment such as hand sanitiser, 
 letter markets.              industrial relations         disposable gloves and other additional 
 The success of our           environment was slowing      protective measures to keep our people safe. 
 strategy relies on the       the rate of change in        The outlook for our UK business is challenging. Before the 
 effective control of costs   the UK operation. Our        COVID-19 pandemic took hold, our 
 across all areas of the      productivity improvement     UK transformation was behind schedule. But, we had made 
 business and the delivery    for the year was 1.0 per     progress in key areas relating to 
 of efficiency benefits.      cent, lower than our         improving productivity. This included: 
 We continue to operate a     initial forecast of over 2   Seeking to embed a range of digitally-enabled work tools to 
 tight balance between        per cent.                    improve efficiency and productivity. 
 achieving efficiency         The 'turnaround and grow'    We completed the deployment of our route optimisation tool 
 improvements and             plan focuses on efficiency   in March 2020, improving visibility 
 delivering                   and productivity in our UK   of changes to delivery routes and this has been used to 
 high service levels. This    network through              deliver our first phase of delivery 
 requires careful             a range of new, digitally    revisions. 
 management of efficiency     enabled work tools,          We are scaling up trials for Resource Scheduler, which 
 and Quality of Service.      operational excellence and   draws together data from across the 
 In May 2019, Royal Mail      targeted investments.        operation to enable better alignment of duty sets and 
 launched its 'turnaround     It maximises the benefits,   rosters to demand. 
 and grow' plan in the UK,    particularly in delivery     In January 2020, following the conclusion of our dispute 
 with a range of              and processing, of joint     resolution procedures with CWU, we 
 financial and operating      letter and parcel            confirmed we were moving ahead with key national and 
 ambitions. There is a risk   delivery, and facilitates    much-needed local change initiatives 
 we will not be able to       our transition to a          that had been delayed, in some cases, by up to a year. That 
 deliver our transformation   parcels-led business where   includes extending our successful 
 programme and meet our       UK letters are important.    trial of automated clocking in and out for frontline 
 required cost avoidance      Our 'turnaround and grow'    colleagues at a small number of UK sites. 
 and productivity             plan in the UK is behind     We installed a further 10 parcel machines, meaning we now 
 improvement targets during   schedule. Combined with      have 20 machines at 16 Mail Centres. 
 the life of the plan.        the impact of the            This has driven the percentage of parcels sorted by machine 
 COVID-19 has meant we,       COVID-19 pandemic, we        to 33 per cent, close to three 
 rightly, have had to         believe it will now take     times the average number sorted automatically during 
 introduce a range of         longer to achieve the        2018-19. Work has started on the next 
 social distancing measures   targets we have set,         phase of this automation programme, which will add further 
 in our processing and        at a time when we need to    machines into parcel sorting operations. 
 delivery operations (e.g.    be accelerating the pace     We want to increase the overall proportion to over 80 per 
 changing standard ways of    of change in the UK.         cent by installing automated machines 
 working including            Our UK costs are             in all Mail Centres by 2023-24 and building dedicated 
 one person per van). These   increasing as we make        parcel hubs. 
 arrangements may continue    necessary investment in      Work continues on the parcel hubs. We have chosen the 
 for some time. In turn,      quality measures and         supplier for automation and have completed 
 they may have                protective                   the fit out for the North West hub. We have signed a 
 an adverse impact on         equipment for our people.    conditional agreement for a lease for 
 productivity.                This makes it even more      our second parcel hub in the Midlands. 
                              important that we increase   We are implementing a range of immediate cost control 
                              our efficiency.              activities and reducing capital expenditure 
                                                           in a measured way: 
                                                            *    Management restructure, subject to consultation, 
                                                                 targeting a reduction of c.2,000 roles out of a total 
                                                                 population of c.9.700. 
 
 
                                                            *    GBP250 million capital expenditure reduction across 
                                                                 2020-21 and 2021-22. Investment continues at higher 
                                                                 than historical levels, including in parcel 
                                                                 automation and hubs. 
 
 
                                                            *    Targeting flat non-people costs, excluding 
                                                                 depreciation, in 2021-22 versus 2019-20, with GBP200 
                                                                 million annual savings in 2021-22 offset by increases 
                                                                 in parcel volume related costs. 
                             ---------------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------ 
 
 
 Customer expectations and Royal Mail's responsiveness to market changes 
  The industry sectors in which we operate remain highly competitive, with customers demanding 
  more and our competitors responding quickly to these changing demands. 
 Customer expectations and Royal              Ø High severity 
 Mail's responsiveness to market               Ø Increasing risk 
 changes                                       Ø Medium speed 
 Changes in customer expectations, and   Addressed letter volumes (excluding     We are transforming from a UK-focused 
 in the markets in which the Group       elections) did not show the expected    letters business that delivers 
 operates, could impact                  level of recovery                       parcels, to a parcels-led, 
 the demand for products and services.   in the second half. Advertising mail    international business. Letters will 
 Given the major cultural shift          in particular has been significantly    remain an important part of our 
 underway in UK society - more           impacted by COVID-19,                   business. 
 e-commerce and therefore fewer          as marketing campaigns are delayed or   We will continue to deliver customer 
 letters and more parcels - it is very   cancelled and moved to digital          focused enhancements enabled by our 
 important Royal Mail changes too.       platforms. While B2C                    'turnaround and grow' 
 While we expect to handle many more     mail volumes have been more             plan. This includes leveraging parcel 
 parcels in the years to come, we        resilient, restrictions on              technology investments to bring to 
 think UK letter volumes                 individuals and businesses have         market new features 
 will continue to decline. This          adversely                               to improve convenience and customer 
 structural decline is driven by         impacted unsorted and stamped mail.     control in the UK and 
 e-substitution, lower GDP,              Due to the highly uncertain external    internationally, such as in-flight 
 the impact of GDPR and business         environment we are unable to provide    redirections, predicted day of 
 uncertainty. We expect it to            specific letter                         delivery / shorter delivery windows, 
 accelerate this year, due to            volume market guidance. However, we     parcel post-boxes and 
 the impact of COVID-19.                 do expect letter volumes to decline     doorstep collections. 
 There is a high degree of uncertainty   substantially this                      We will continue with our UK network 
 about letter volumes due to the         year. See our stress test Scenarios     transformation and increasing 
 effect of COVID-19 and                  for more information.                   automation to a) maximise 
 any subsequent economic slowdown. In    The UK domestic and international       the benefits of delivering letters 
 addition, we may see a paradigm-shift   parcels markets are highly              and small parcels together and b) 
 as online retailing                     competitive, with innovative            handle more Next Day 
 activity accelerates, driving more      delivery solutions including            and larger parcels more efficiently. 
 parcel growth. At GLS, B2C volumes      convenient, reliable delivery and       This will facilitate e-commerce 
 have increased significantly            return options, and improved            growth and increase demand 
 in recent years as part of our          tracking services.                      for our services. 
 strategy. The pandemic is               During the COVID-19 pandemic, UK        This year we will focus on winning 
 accelerating a shift from B2B to        e-commerce growth has significantly     and retaining as much of the current 
 B2C, although the relative              outpaced the wider UK                   exceptional parcel 
 proportions vary from market to         retail market, resulting in very        growth as possible, with an emphasis 
 market.                                 strong B2C volumes; initially we saw    on those customers and sectors that 
 Our focus on productivity, through      the strongest growth                    represent long term 
 operational excellence and key work     in sectors providing goods associated   growth opportunities. We will 
 tools, is vital to                      with the lock down, and while these     continue to support this with regular 
 remaining competitive in the UK         continue to be strong                   service feature developments 
 parcels market - one of the most        all other major sectors have now        and continuous enhancements to our 
 developed e-commerce markets            recovered. International import and     digital access and service channels 
 in the world. So too is our network     export parcel traffic                   such as the Royal Mail 
 redesign, which, in combination with    had been adversely affected by the      App. 
 productivity gains,                     COVID-19 pandemic.                      Our range of letter products, 
 should protect UK business, to some     Our network provides strong             incentives and offers are designed to 
 extent, from changes in customer        economics, particularly in the          demonstrate how mail can 
 demand.                                 combined delivery of letters and        help businesses. We will deploy a 
                                         small parcels. It is not currently      range of appropriate incentives to 
                                         optimised for the anticipated           encourage customers to 
                                         increase in Next Day and                reconnect with using mail. New 
                                         larger parcels.                         initiatives will also follow, 
                                         At GLS, we are focused on delivering    designed to contemporise key 
                                         a range of consumer-led solutions as    product segments like consumer mail. 
                                         we deliver more                         We will also continue to promote the 
                                         B2C parcels. At the same time, yield    value of mail, including 
                                         management is a key focus for us, to    as and when the lockdown is lifted 
                                         ensure profitable                       over time. 
                                         growth.                                 As announced in June 2020, we are 
                                                                                 integrating Parcelforce Worldwide and 
                                                                                 Royal Mail International 
                                                                                 more closely into Royal Mail. These 
                                                                                 changes will ensure that we have one 
                                                                                 integrated domestic 
                                                                                 and international parcels strategy 
                                                                                 that best serves the changing needs 
                                                                                 of the market and customers. 
                                        --------------------------------------  -------------------------------------- 
 
 
 Economic and political environment           Ø High severity 
                                               Ø Increasing risk 
                                               Ø Fast speed 
 Historically, there has been a          The Board continues to monitor the      Macroeconomic risk assessments are 
 correlation between economic            economic and wider external             embedded within our letters 
 conditions and the level of letter      environment in the UK and our           forecasting processes. In addition, 
 and B2B parcel volumes. Low rates of    other markets. Specific areas of        a set of economic scenarios have been 
 economic growth could impact our        focus include:                          constructed to inform a range of 
 ability to maintain                     - Business uncertainty, alongside the   scenarios that could 
 and grow revenue, either by reducing    recent slowdown in economic activity    be associated with COVID-19. These 
 volumes or encouraging customers to     due to the COVID-19                     are being revised regularly as more 
 adopt cheaper products                  pandemic, which is impacting letter     information is obtained. 
 or formats for sending letters and      volumes, including business and         The Group has the following 
 parcels.                                advertising mail.                       strategies in place: 
 We are entering a period of             - In the UK, B2C parcel volumes have    - Maintaining a strong liquidity 
 significant uncertainty. The COVID-19   remained strong, supported by an        position, with good levels of cash, 
 pandemic is taking us into              increase in e-commerce                  limited financial debt 
 uncharted territory and the extent to   as people shop more online. In the UK   and retaining access to a GBP925 
 which UK and global economic activity   and some EU markets, international      million syndicated bank loan 
 will decline over                       import and export                       facility. 
 the next few months is expected to be   parcel traffic has been adversely       - Existing covenants have been waived 
 steeper than the financial crisis of    affected but is now in recovery.        until March 2022 and replaced with a 
 2008-09.                                - In the overseas market in which GLS   basic liquidity 
 How the economy will fare in three to   operates, B2B volumes have fallen       covenant. 
 six months is equally unclear and       whilst B2C volumes                      - A cost avoidance programme to 
 there is a risk that                    have increased.                         effectively manage cash and spending. 
 there may be additional spikes in       The extent to which these trends will   - Business initiatives to respond to 
 COVID-19 infection rates. Economic      be sustained depends in part on the     fluid competitive pressures. 
 forecasters are divided                 evolution of the                        - A measured reduction in investment 
 over how long the crisis will last      response to the pandemic in each        in the short term to underpin our 
 and what a recovery will look like.     country.                                financial position. 
 These are matters we                    - For 2020-21, there will almost        - The Group has the ability to access 
 are unable to predict with any          certainly be a sharp and sustained      the Covid Corporate Financing 
 certainty.                              economic downturn in our                Facility (CCFF), if required. 
 In addition, while the UK has left      core markets. As in the UK, economic    Internal procedures are also in place 
 the EU and entered a transition         growth in the Eurozone is expected to   to monitor and manage ongoing risks 
 period which runs to 31                 slow down sharply                       associated with 
 December 2020, it is not clear          in the short-term. The medium-term      the UK leaving the EU. Material risks 
 whether this deadline will continue     outlook is highly uncertain.            are reported to and handled through a 
 to hold, or what the outcome            Royal Mail's letters business           Brexit steering 
 will mean for future UK and EU          performance remains closely aligned     group which is comprised of senior 
 trading arrangements.                   to UK economic growth. We               executives. 
                                         therefore expect significant            We believe the immediate risk to our 
                                         incremental rates of decline in the     domestic operations is low. The 
                                         short term. Thereafter, the             impact on cross-border 
                                         outlook for letters will be highly      parcel volumes will depend on the 
                                         dependent on how the crisis evolves     nature of the UK's future trading 
                                         and Government's public                 relationships, and what 
                                         policy response.                        the future EU/UK customs and VAT 
                                         As previously announced, due to these   arrangements will be. At the end of 
                                         factors, we expect Royal Mail (UKPIL)   the transition period, 
                                         to be materially                        we expect the rules which apply to 
                                         loss-making in 2020-21; while GLS       non-EU imports to be extended to EU 
                                         profitability may potentially be        items. Similarly, we 
                                         reduced.                                would expect the EU to treat UK 
                                         In addition, over the medium to long    imports as it does non-EU imports 
                                         term, both our letters and parcels      today. 
                                         business outlook will                   Strategies to address these risks 
                                         be shaped by events relating to the     include: 
                                         future trading relationship between     - Accelerating the pace of change in 
                                         the UK and the EU,                      the UK to deliver the requisite 
                                         which remain unclear. It is not         efficiency benefits. 
                                         possible to predict with any degree     - Arrangements are in place to manage 
                                         of accuracy the impact                  the expected impact of changes to 
                                         the UK's departure from the EU could    customs processing. 
                                         have on the Group.                      - Working closely with Government to 
                                                                                 put in place systems to ensure the 
                                                                                 movement of cross-border 
                                                                                 parcels continues to operate 
                                                                                 effectively. 
                                                                                 Royal Mail regularly engages with 
                                                                                 politicians and policy makers, and 
                                                                                 closely monitors the 
                                                                                 potential impact of political and 
                                                                                 policy changes on the Company. The 
                                                                                 Company runs an extensive 
                                                                                 public affairs programme with 
                                                                                 politicians and policy makers. 
                                        --------------------------------------  -------------------------------------- 
 
 
 Scale up and Grow GLS                        Ø Medium severity 
                                               Ø Increasing risk 
                                               Ø Medium speed 
 Our success in growing in new areas     Royal Mail Group is well positioned     Our five-year plan aims to build a 
 of business is dependent on such        to grow through its subsidiary, GLS.    parcels-led, more balanced, more 
 factors as our continued                It has a replicable                     diversified business. 
 ability to identify new profitable      and scalable business model founded     This includes increasing the 
 and sustainable areas of business,      on the development of strong regional   proportion of Group revenue generated 
 implementing appropriate                businesses.                             by parcels through our 
 investments, and having in place        Our GLS strategy is about growing the   'scale up and grow' plan for GLS and 
 suitable structures to support          business. It remains very well          cross-border parcels. 
 continued transformation of             positioned as a deferred                Our strategy is designed to ensure 
 the business.                           delivery business with good market      GLS builds on its strong, 30-year 
                                         positions in many countries. GLS is     track record and makes 
                                         an important source                     a major contribution to the Group's 
                                         of cash flow generation and revenue     product and geographical 
                                         diversification for the Royal Mail      diversification. The focus will 
                                         Group. In the short                     be on profitable revenue growth, 
                                         term, there are few synergies           including focused yield management. 
                                         available between Royal Mail and GLS.   The acceleration of the shift from 
                                         In the medium term, an                  B2B to B2C will be addressed through 
                                         international presence is clearly       initiatives to improve 
                                         important.                              last mile productivity to offset cost 
                                         The large, and growing, cross-border    pressures. 
                                         market represents a growth              We are conducting a review of recent 
                                         opportunity. The majority               acquisitions and implementing 
                                         of cross-border volumes are deferred    improvement plans in key 
                                         parcels (including small parcels);      markets. 
                                         express parcels account 
                                         for less than a quarter of volumes. 
                                         This is a growth area for the Group. 
                                        --------------------------------------  -------------------------------------- 
 
 
 Regulatory and legislative environment; and operational risks 
  The UK business operates in a regulated environment. GLS entities 
  operate in a number of different jurisdictions and are subject to 
  various national laws and regulations. Changes in legal and regulatory 
  requirements could impact our ability to meet our targets and goals. 
 Our UK regulatory                       Ø Medium severity 
  framework                               Ø Increasing risk 
                                          Ø Medium speed 
 USO finances are fragile.          Ofcom will continue            A key aim of our 'turnaround 
  There are significant,             to be focused on monitoring    and grow' plan for 
  and growing, risks                 Royal Mail's efficiency.       our UK business is 
  to the USO's financial             It will complete its           to underpin the sustainability 
  sustainability. Given              bottom-up cost model           of the Universal Service. 
  the continuing structural          of our operations and          The plan will be challenging 
  decline in addressed               a review of our efficiency.    to execute. We will 
  letter volumes, and                It is also conducting          continue to ask Ofcom 
  broader changes in                 research on user needs         for its support, wherever 
  the parcels market,                to assess whether the          possible, to facilitate 
  Ofcom is continuing                postal services market         its delivery. In doing 
  its monitoring of                  is meeting the reasonable      so, we will note that 
  Royal Mail. It has                 needs of postal users.         our transformation 
  brought forward some               The Universal Service,         is designed to help 
  of the work it plans               as we have stressed            us become even more 
  to undertake as part               to Ofcom and Government,       efficient and better 
  of its next review                 needs to meet the 21st         placed to respond to 
  of the regulation                  century requirements           changing customer demands. 
  of Royal Mail, which,              of consumers and SMEs.         We will stress the 
  overall, will be completed         In short, a contemporary       power and economic 
  in 2022. Ofcom's review            USO is required. We            value of the Universal 
  of the regulatory                  have also noted the            Service as it makes 
  framework could lead               importance of considering      commerce happen across 
  to further intervention            the revenue pools needed       the UK and connects 
  which could undermine              to sustain the Universal       customers, companies 
  the financial sustainability       Service, alongside             and countries. 
  of the Universal Service.          the legitimate needs           Ofcom is conducting 
                                     of consumers and SMEs.         a User Needs Review 
                                     Given that the USO             about the Universal 
                                     has high, fixed costs,         Service. We believe 
                                     irrespective of volume,        that many of key USO 
                                     it is also crucial             features are valued 
                                     to focus on underpinning       by consumers and SMEs. 
                                     USO and non-USO revenue        They include uniformity, 
                                     pools to fund it.              universality, affordability 
                                     As a result of the             and measurability. 
                                     COVID-19 pandemic,             But, they all have 
                                     we initially indicated         to be paid for at a 
                                     that there could be            time when COVID-19 
                                     some service disruption        has exacerbated the 
                                     across the country.            underlying problems 
                                     We subsequently announced      facing the USO. For 
                                     a six-week temporary           example, since the 
                                     relaxation of delivery         beginning of this financial 
                                     frequency arrangements         year (2020-21) letter 
                                     in relation to letters.        volumes have declined 
                                     For that period, letters       about 33%, around four 
                                     were delivered five            times the decline rate 
                                     days a week; we continued      we saw in 2019-20. 
                                     to deliver most parcels        For its part, Royal 
                                     on a six days a week           Mail has a stretching 
                                     basis. Normal services         self-help programme 
                                     resumed on 13 June             in place. This involves 
                                     2020.                          significant investment 
                                     We welcomed Ofcom's            in the Universal Service 
                                     statement that it would        when our finances are 
                                     take a pragmatic approach      under challenge; we 
                                     to any changes to our          expect to be materially 
                                     regulated services             loss-making in the 
                                     during this unprecedented      UK this year. In addition, 
                                     crisis.                        we plan to address 
                                                                    the very specific challenges 
                                                                    presented by COVID-19. 
                                                                    We do not believe, 
                                                                    however, that successful 
                                                                    delivery of our transformation 
                                                                    and COVID-19 mitigation 
                                                                    plans will be enough 
                                                                    in themselves to underpin 
                                                                    the long-term stability 
                                                                    of the USO. 
                                                                    That is why, alongside 
                                                                    engaging with our unions 
                                                                    on our own plans to 
                                                                    put Royal Mail in a 
                                                                    better position, we 
                                                                    are working with the 
                                                                    Regulator and Government 
                                                                    on the Universal Service. 
                                                                    This is all about ensuring 
                                                                    it is financially underpinned, 
                                                                    in a sustainable way, 
                                                                    and future-proofed 
                                                                    to reflect changing 
                                                                    consumer and SME needs 
                                                                    and preferences. Ofcom 
                                                                    will embark on a public 
                                                                    consultation on the 
                                                                    USO, and Royal Mail 
                                                                    will engage, at the 
                                                                    same time, with many 
                                                                    stakeholders on a USO 
                                                                    for the 21st century. 
                                                                    From its own, detailed 
                                                                    research, the Company 
                                                                    anticipates that many 
                                                                    of the current features 
                                                                    of the USO should remain 
                                                                    in place, subject to 
                                                                    regulatory and Government 
                                                                    approval. We look forward 
                                                                    to the debate and engagement 
                                                                    to come, including 
                                                                    ensuring the Universal 
                                                                    Service has the requisite 
                                                                    financial resources 
                                                                    to sustain itself. 
                                   -----------------------------  -------------------------------- 
 Competition Act investigation           Ø High severity 
                                          Ø Increasing risk 
                                          Ø Slow speed 
 On 14 August 2018,                 The Group robustly             Royal Mail's appeal 
  Ofcom published its                defended its conduct           of the CAT's judgment 
  decision following                 in written and oral            will be heard by the 
  its investigation                  representations made           CoA in mid-2021. 
  into whether Royal                 to Ofcom during the            Whistl's High Court 
  Mail had breached                  investigation and lodged       claim is on hold until 
  competition law. The               an appeal with the             after the completion 
  investigation was                  Competition Appeal             of the appeal process. 
  launched in February               Tribunal (CAT) on 12 
  2014, following a                  October 2018 to have 
  complaint brought                  both Ofcom's decision 
  by TNT Post UK (now                and fine overturned. 
  Whistl). Ofcom found               The main hearing for 
  that Royal Mail had                the appeal to the CAT 
  abused its dominant                took place in June 
  position in the market             and July 2019. On 12 
  for bulk mail delivery             November 2019 the CAT 
  services in the United             handed down its judgment 
  Kingdom by issuing                 on RMG's appeal, which 
  Contract Change Notices            upheld Ofcom's decision 
  on 10 January 2014                 and the GBP50 million 
  which introduced discriminatory    fine. As a result, 
  prices. It fined Royal             Royal Mail has made 
  Mail GBP50 million.                a provision for the 
  In October 2018, Whistl            fine, which is now 
  filed a damages claim              payable to Ofcom. 
  against Royal Mail                 In January 2020, Royal 
  at the High Court                  Mail requested permission 
  relating to Ofcom's                to appeal the CAT's 
  decision.                          judgment to the Court 
                                     of Appeal (CoA). On 
                                     30 March 2020, the 
                                     CoA granted Royal Mail 
                                     permission and indicated 
                                     that a hearing would 
                                     be held over 1-2 days 
                                     in mid-2021. 
                                   -----------------------------  -------------------------------- 
 
 
 Capability - Talent                 Ø Medium severity 
  and strategic workforce             Ø Stable 
  planning                            Ø Medium speed 
 This risk brings together      Voluntary turnover                Executive search activity 
  our risks of "Strategic        in senior management              has continued to bring 
  workforce planning"            is at similar levels              in external hires 
  and "Talent and capability"    to prior years but                with key capabilities. 
  that were previously           remains a business                We operate an internal 
  presented separately.          risk.                             Executive talent review 
  Our performance, operating     As our workforce ages,            and succession planning 
  results and future             it may be incapable               process and have in 
  growth depend on our           of fulfilling physically          place leadership development 
  ability to attract             demanding roles. We               programmes. 
  and retain talent              are developing a strategy         Leadership initiatives 
  with the appropriate           to attract and retain             to aid the transformation 
  level of expertise.            younger workers, which            agenda are in design; 
  The capability, experience     means we need to review           along with our approach 
  and cohesion of senior         our employment proposition.       for increasing diversity 
  management is integral         Our transformation,               across this population, 
  to our transformation.         including implementation          including 2024 targets 
  Workforce planning             of our Enterprise strategy        agreed with the Inclusive 
  could be adversely             and increased automation,         Action Steering Group. 
  impacted by an ageing          will change the nature            Resources, delivery 
  workforce, and a reduction     of some roles, requiring          methods and timescales 
  in available workforce         new and different skills.         for these and other 
  due to the impacts             We need to be able                activities in development 
  of demographic change,         to upskill our existing           are being impacted 
  Brexit and increasing          workforce to develop              as a result of COVID-19. 
  automation.                    these skills and ensure           We are monitoring 
                                 we can attract and                the demographic profile 
                                 retain people with                of our workforce and 
                                 the right skills for              tracking key external 
                                 our organisation.                 metrics such as the 
                                 The impact of Brexit              employment rate and 
                                 on the employment market          demographics. We undertake 
                                 is largely still unknown.         market research and 
                                 It may influence the              analysis and we perform 
                                 availability of workers,          industry benchmarking. 
                                 particularly if freedom           A Strategic Workforce 
                                 of movement is at risk.           Plan has been developed 
                                 The medium and long-term          during 2019-20 and 
                                 impact of COVID-19                will be reviewed once 
                                 on Royal Mail is unknown.         the impact of COVID-19 
                                 However, the mail mix/profile,    is more clearly understood. 
                                 and the economy generally, 
                                 is likely to be quite 
                                 different coming out 
                                 of the crisis, for 
                                 which scenarios are 
                                 currently being modelled. 
                               --------------------------------  ------------------------------ 
 
 
 Health, safety and                     Ø Low severity 
  wellbeing                              Ø Stable 
                                         Ø Fast speed 
 The health, safety                The business has a                  We will continue to 
  and wellbeing of our              large number of employees           review SHEMS to identify 
  employees, contractors,           including seasonal                  any further opportunities 
  agency workers and                staff and agency workers.           for streamlining and 
  members of the public             It also operates a                  simplification. We 
  is of the utmost importance.      very large fleet, employs           are investing in improved 
  There is a risk that              a large number of contractors       technology so risk 
  a health and safety               and interacts extensively           assessment processes 
  incident or global                with members of the                 can be completed more 
  health crisis could               public. A large proportion          easily by managers 
  result in serious                 of our employees spend              and better meet business 
  injury, ill health                most of their time                  needs. 
  or death of employees,            working outdoors, on                Operational implementation 
  contractors, agency               foot or driving, where              of SHEMS is monitored 
  workers or members                the environment is                  via an annual audit 
  of the public.                    more difficult to control.          programme. A professional 
  An incident may lead              Due to this wide reach              and independent SHE 
  to criminal prosecution           and the number of people            function provides 
  or fines by the enforcing         affected by the business'           advice, support and 
  authority or civil                undertakings, the risk              guidance on the implementation 
  action by the injured             of serious harm to                  of standards. 
  party resulting in                people cannot be totally            There is an annual 
  large financial losses            mitigated. We acknowledge           SHE initiative and 
  and reputational damage           that every health and               communications plan 
  for the Group.                    safety incident has                 in place. This is 
  Similarly, failure                a human impact.                     informed by a review 
  to manage the health              An integrated Safety,               of compliance data, 
  and wellbeing of our              Health and Environment              risk data, KPI performance 
  employees could also              Management System (SHEMS)           and legislative requirements. 
  lead to financial                 is in place to manage               Employees have access 
  losses and reputational           our risks and achieve               to health and wellbeing 
  damage through increased          legal compliance; ongoing           assistance through 
  sickness absence,                 maintenance addresses               our Feeling First 
  lower productivity,               any emerging compliance             Class website, First 
  failure to deliver                gaps or risk controls.              Class Support helpline 
  our USO obligations,              We continue to identify             and Occupational Health 
  civil action or criminal          opportunities for simplification    provision. 
  prosecution.                      to make the SHEMS more              SHE performance is 
                                    accessible for managers.            discussed and reviewed 
                                    The COVID-19 pandemic               by the Board. Senior 
                                    poses a new and increased           leaders are committed 
                                    risk to public health.              to driving full compliance 
                                    Our employees are classified        to SHEMS. 
                                    as key workers as we                We have taken action 
                                    form part of the country's          to mitigate the risks 
                                    essential infrastructure.           to our employees and 
                                    We have an important                customers posed by 
                                    role to play in keeping             the COVID-19 pandemic, 
                                    letters and parcels                 including enhancing 
                                    moving during the pandemic.         our sick pay policy 
                                    This means that the                 and updating our operating 
                                    effectiveness of our                procedures to limit 
                                    controls and processes              contact between colleagues 
                                    to protect our employees            and customers. 
                                    are even more important.            We have implemented 
                                                                        PHE and WHO instructions 
                                                                        and guidance through 
                                                                        the development of 
                                                                        internal policies, 
                                                                        procedures, risk assessments, 
                                                                        instructions and guidance. 
                                                                        These arrangements 
                                                                        have been communicated 
                                                                        to employees through 
                                                                        a dedicated, comprehensive 
                                                                        multi-media communications 
                                                                        campaign. 
                                  ----------------------------------  -------------------------------- 
 Major breach of information            Ø High severity 
  security, data protection              Ø Stable 
  regulation and/or                      Ø Fast speed 
  cyber attack 
 We collect, process               Given the evolving                  As external threats 
  and store confidential            nature, sophistication              become more sophisticated, 
  business and sensitive            and prevalence of these             and the potential 
  personal information              threats, including                  impact of service 
  due to the nature                 those presented by                  disruption increases, 
  of our operations.                the current COVID-19                we continue to invest 
  As a result, we are               pandemic and our -                  in security enhancement 
  subject to a range                still growing - reliance            and data protection 
  of laws, regulations              on technology and data              in response to the 
  and contractual obligations       for operational and                 changing threats we 
  around the governance             strategic purposes,                 face. We continue 
  and protection of                 this continues to be                to support the education 
  various classes of                a principal risk.                   of our employees and 
  data to protect our                                                   stress the importance 
  customers, suppliers                                                  of maintaining vigilance 
  and employees.                                                        across the business, 
  In common with all                                                    whilst recognising 
  major organisations,                                                  that we cannot provide 
  we are the potential                                                  absolute mitigation 
  target of cyber-attacks                                               against the risks. 
  that could threaten                                                   This is especially 
  the confidentiality,                                                  imperative during 
  integrity and availability                                            altered ways of working 
  of data and trigger                                                   due to COVID-19. As 
  material service and                                                  a result of the pandemic, 
  / or operational interruption.                                        changes have been 
  A major breach of                                                     required to our operational 
  information security,                                                 processes and to working 
  data protection laws,                                                 practices, including 
  regulations and /                                                     those of third-party 
  or cyber-attack could                                                 suppliers who process 
  adversely impact our                                                  our data. 
  reputation, result 
  in financial loss, 
  regulatory action, 
  business disruption 
  and loss of stakeholder 
  confidence. 
                                  ----------------------------------  -------------------------------- 
 
 
 Environment and sustainability        Ø Medium severity 
                                        Ø Increasing risk 
                                        Ø Slow speed 
 Climate change and               With the UK's largest            We are launching our 
  regulatory actions               'Feet on the Street'             new environmental 
  designed to mitigate             network of around 90,000         strategy in 2020-21. 
  its impact may have              postmen and women,               It has three key pillars: 
  adverse operational,             Royal Mail plays a               emissions reduction, 
  financial and reputational       key role in keeping              cleaner air, and resource 
  consequences.                    carbon emissions low.            efficiency. Our target 
  The cost of operations           We have a requirement            is for our operations 
  could increase as                to maintain a large              to be net zero by 
  a result of actions              fleet of vehicles.               2050. 
  to mitigate and adapt            Growth in parcels is             We are increasing 
  to climate change.               also driving up our              the number of electric 
  These include the                energy demand. We recognise      and alternative fuel 
  introduction of Clean            our responsibility               vehicles in our fleet 
  Air Zones, the future            to reduce our environmental      to reduce emissions 
  ban of petrol and                impacts.                         and improve air quality. 
  diesel vehicles, and             Our environmental programmes     We are investing in 
  net zero emission                have already reduced             innovative technologies, 
  targets for towns                our UK emissions by              such as telemetry, 
  and cities.                      31.9 per cent since              and driver training 
  An increase in the               2004-05. The GLS 'ThinkGreen'    programmes, to reduce 
  frequency of extreme             initiative delivers              the amount of fuel 
  weather events may               targeted measures on             we use. We also continually 
  result in disruption             key environmental issues.        work to optimise our 
  to our operations.               These include a reduction        transport network, 
  It may also impact               in emissions and the             to ensure it is as 
  our ability to meet              responsible handling             efficient as possible. 
  USO or other contractual         of resources across              GLS continues to expand 
  requirements. We may             areas of transport,              urban logistics projects, 
  also see price rises             buildings and business           such as emission-free 
  as a result of resource          travel.                          delivery cities, and 
  scarcity, such as                We continue to invest            grow its alternative-fuel 
  water shortages, and             and implement changes            vehicle fleet. 
  increased costs associated       to improve the efficiency        We are also taking 
  with insurance premiums,         of our operations.               proactive steps to 
  investment in equipment          This includes investment         reduce our energy 
  to protect the business          in zero- and low-emission        and water consumption, 
  from extreme weather             vehicles and the installation    and reduce the amount 
  events, and any associated       of efficient equipment           of waste we send to 
  repairs.                         across our property              landfill. For example, 
  In common with all               estate.                          we have invested in 
  major organisations,             We engage our people             new boilers and energy 
  there could also be              in our efforts to become         efficient lighting. 
  a risk of reputational           more efficient and 
  damage - impacting               reduce our use of natural 
  our 'licence to operate'         resources. 
  - if the business 
  is perceived to not 
  be responding appropriately 
  to stakeholder expectations 
  for action on climate 
  change. 
                                 -------------------------------  ----------------------------- 
 
 
 Business Continuity                Ø Medium severity         Following the onset 
  and crisis management              Ø New risk                of the COVID-19 pandemic, 
  We have a responsibility           Ø Fast speed              we are prioritising 
  to provide sustained               The outbreak of the            the protection of 
  and continued postal               virus COVID-19 has             our people, the country 
  services under the                 been declared a pandemic       and our customers, 
  Universal Service.                 by the World Health            whilst keeping mail 
  There is a risk that               Organisation and now           and parcels moving. 
  we may fail to successfully        presents an unprecedented      We are actively monitoring 
  respond to, recover                global crisis. Governments     the rapidly evolving 
  from, or reduce the                worldwide have imposed         COVID-19 threat and 
  impact of a major                  restrictions on the            have invoked a comprehensive 
  threat or disruptive               movement of people             business continuity 
  incident that could                and imposed necessary          and crisis management 
  cause widespread operational       measures which have            response across the 
  disruption and financial           had, and continue to           Group in line with 
  loss to the Group.                 have, a significant            our framework. 
  Previously this risk               effect on our UK and           We are engaging closely 
  was monitored at business          International businesses.      with the Government, 
  unit and functional                Royal Mail staff are           public health authorities, 
  level but was not                  recognised by Government       Ofcom, and customers 
  considered a principal             as key workers, essential      to implement necessary 
  risk due to the modular            to keeping the country         changes in response 
  and geographically                 connected during this          to government, PHE 
  diverse nature of                  time. We are adapting          and WHO advice. For 
  our operations providing           and responding to the          example, limiting 
  natural mitigation.                rapidly evolving risks         contact between colleagues 
  The widespread and                 accordingly, in line           in our operations, 
  enduring nature of                 with our already existing      with customers on 
  the current global                 Business Continuity            delivery and at Customer 
  pandemic has increased             Management Framework.          Service Points. Steps 
  the likelihood of                                                 have been taken to 
  the inherent risk                                                 minimise the impact 
  materialising, and                                                on services as much 
  as such this is now                                               as possible. 
  being recognised as                                               The pandemic has brought 
  a principal risk to                                               together all functions 
  the Group.                                                        across the Business 
                                                                    in a cohesive response. 
                                                                    We have established 
                                                                    Gold, Silver and Bronze 
                                                                    response teams which 
                                                                    have Executive, Director 
                                                                    and Senior Management 
                                                                    leadership, providing 
                                                                    regular reports to 
                                                                    the Plc Board. 
                                                                    Daily communications 
                                                                    are cascaded to all 
                                                                    employees to keep 
                                                                    them informed of current 
                                                                    developments. We are 
                                                                    in regular dialogue 
                                                                    with Government officials, 
                                                                    key stakeholders and 
                                                                    suppliers. 
 

Viability Statement

The Directors have assessed the viability of the Group as part of their ongoing risk management and monitoring processes. The Directors have considered their stewardship responsibilities, previous viability statements, the nature of the business and its investment and planning periods when making this assessment.

The key factors affecting the Group's prospects continue to relate to the successful deployment of the key elements of the Journey 2024 plan communicated in May 2019, namely:

   --      Transforming and growing our UK business; 
   --      Scaling up and growing GLS; and 
   --      Enhancing our cross-border proposition. 

Further details on these factors can be found in the Business Review and the Principal Risks sections.

While the Directors have no reason to believe that the Group will not be viable over the longer term, they consider the three financial years to March 2023 to be an appropriate planning time horizon to assess Royal Mail's viability and to determine the probability and impact of our principal risks. This matches our business planning cycle, which allows financial modelling to be supported by the budget and business plan approved by the Board.

Given the recent economic uncertainty arising from COVID-19, we expect to see significant volatility in the short term reducing our expected performance for 2020-21. This includes significant impacts on:

   --      advertising mail and addressed letter volumes within Letters in the UK; 
   --      Tracked returns and Post Office volumes within Parcels in the UK; 
   --      Business to Business volumes in GLS; and 

-- additional costs of taking necessary measures to protect the health and safety of customers and employees and of temporary resource to cover increased absence levels.

We believe that trading conditions will partially recover as we move through into 2021-22.

The key assumptions within the Group's financial forecasts are as follows:

-- A three-month lockdown in the UK, resulting in a GDP decline of 10 per cent in FY21 followed by recovery from FY22 onwards

-- UKPIL Letter revenue to suffer a material decline in FY21 due to adverse impacts in advertising mail and addressed letter volumes, with the decline decelerating in FY22 and FY23.

-- UKPIL Parcel revenue expected to continue to grow, primarily driven by an upsurge in online shopping.

-- GLS parcel volume and revenue growth remains good, with impact to margins effectively managed as the mix moves to a higher proportion of B2C growth.

-- People costs reflect an extensive set of operational initiatives with phased implementation.

   --      COVID-19 related one-off charges of cGBP140million are included within the plan. 

-- The current Regulatory Framework was extended in March 2017 through to March 2022. It is therefore assumed that there is no change in the Regulatory Framework over this period.

Assessment of Viability

The key assumptions within the projections were stress-tested with reference to risks set out in the Principal Risks section but focused on those that could have a plausible and severe financial impact over the plan horizon.

This year, the Directors considered:

(i) A second wave of COVID-19 in the UK resulting in a further three-month lock-down between October and December 2020; (Principal risk: Business Continuity and crisis management)

(ii) deteriorating economic and market conditions which could result in letters volume decline greater than our projected range (Principal risk: Economic and Political Environment);

(iii) the Brexit transition period ending without a trade deal having been reached, which could cause economic conditions to deteriorate further (Principal risk: Economic and Political Environment);

(iv) increased competition in the UK parcels sector. (Principal risk: Customer expectations and Royal Mail's responsiveness to market changes);

   (v)        the potential impact of industrial action (Principal risk: Industrial Action); and 
   (vi)        delays to our UKPIL transformation plan (Principal risk: Efficiency). 

These risks were quantified to create a downside scenario that took into account the levels of committed capital and expenditure, as well as other short term cost and cash actions which could mitigate the impact of the risks. Mitigating actions included:

   (i)         suspending the dividend; 
   (ii)         reducing variable hours and cost of sales; 
   (iii)        removing discretionary pay; 
   (iv)        reducing our internal investment; and 
   (v)        reducing our one off projects. 

Consideration was also given to the large fixed cost base required to deliver the Universal Service Obligation in its current form. The downside scenarios were tested to determine whether the Group would remain solvent.

Unprecedented uncertainty exists in respect of the potential impact of COVID-19 in 2020-21. We have made our assessment based on our best view of the severe but plausible downside scenarios that we might face. If outcomes are significantly worse, the Directors would need to consider what additional mitigating actions were needed, for example assessing the value of our asset base to support liquidity. Consequently, the Directors have concluded that to stress test a level of increased severity (beyond the downside scenario) which may cast doubt about the Group's ability to continue to be viable over the three year assessment period is not currently reasonable.

Viability Statement

Based on the results of their analysis, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation, meet its liabilities as they fall due, retain sufficient available cash and not breach any covenants under any drawn facility over the period to March 2023.

Financial Statements

Consolidated income statement

For the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2020 and 53 weeks ended 31 March 2019

 
                                                                        Re-presented(1) 
                                                              Reported         reported 
                                                              52 weeks         53 weeks 
                                                                  2020             2019 
                                                      Notes       GBPm             GBPm 
----------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
Continuing operations 
Revenue                                                   3     10,840           10,581 
Operating costs(2)                                      4/5   (10,623)         (10,240) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
 People costs                                                  (6,064)          (5,869) 
 Distribution and conveyance costs                             (2,786)          (2,606) 
 Infrastructure costs                                            (991)            (995) 
 Other operating costs                                           (782)            (770) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
 
Operating profit before specific items(3)                          217              341 
Operating specific items 
 Regulatory fine                                       6/16       (51)                - 
 RMSEPP settlement                                    10(c)          -             (64) 
 Employee Free Shares charge                              6        (4)             (22) 
 Impairment of assets                                     6       (91)             (68) 
 Legacy/other credits/(costs)                             6          3              (7) 
 Amortisation of intangible assets in acquisitions        6       (19)             (20) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
Operating profit                                                    55              160 
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
 (non-operating specific item(3) )                        6         89               15 
----------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
Profit before interest and tax                                     144              175 
Finance costs                                                     (56)             (18) 
Finance income                                                       6                5 
Net pension interest (non-operating specific item)    10(c)         86               79 
----------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
Profit before tax                                                  180              241 
Tax charge                                                7       (19)             (66) 
----------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
Profit for the year                                                161              175 
----------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
 
Earnings per share 
Basic                                                     8      16.1p            17.5p 
Diluted                                                   8      16.1p            17.5p 
----------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
 

1 Operating costs include GBP130 million which would previously have been reported as 'Transformation costs'. These costs are now incorporated within their relevant operating cost categories, which better reflects the ongoing costs of the business. The comparative period costs of GBP133 million have therefore been re-presented.

2 Operating costs are stated before operating specific Items which Include; the Regulatory fine, RMSEPP settlement, Employee Free Shares charge, Impairment of assets, Legacy/other costs and Amortisation of intangible assets in acquisitions.

3 For further details on Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) used, see the section of the Financial Review entitled 'Presentation of Results and Alternative Performance Measures'.

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

For the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2020 and 53 weeks ended 31 March 2019

 
                                                                                 Reported        Reported 
                                                                            52 weeks 2020   53 weeks 2019 
                                                                  Notes              GBPm            GBPm 
----------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ----------------  -------------- 
Profit for the year                                                                   161             175 
Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year 
 from continuing operations: 
Items that will not be subsequently reclassified 
 to profit or loss: 
Amounts relating to pensions accounting                                             1,122             239 
----------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ----------------  -------------- 
 Withholding tax payable on distribution of RMPP 
  and RMSEPP surplus                                                 10             (648)           (138) 
 Remeasurement gains of the defined benefit surplus 
  in RMPP and RMSEPP                                              10(c)             1,773             383 
 Remeasurement losses of the defined benefit deficit 
  in DBCBS                                                        10(d)               (3)             (8) 
 Deferred tax associated with DBCBS                                   7                 -               2 
----------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ----------------  -------------- 
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to 
 profit or loss: 
Foreign exchange translation differences                                                3             (9) 
----------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ----------------  -------------- 
 Exchange differences on translation of foreign 
  operations (GLS)                                                                     20            (16) 
 Net (loss)/gain on hedge of a net investment (EUR500 
  million bond)                                                                      (15)               5 
 Net (loss)/gain on hedge of a net investment (Euro-denominated 
  lease payables)                                                                     (2)               1 
 Tax on above items                                                   7                 -               1 
----------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ----------------  -------------- 
Designated cash flow hedges                                                          (49)             (3) 
----------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ----------------  -------------- 
 (Losses)/gains on cash flow hedges deferred into 
  equity                                                                             (46)              14 
 Gains on cash flow hedges released from equity 
  to income                                                                           (1)            (17) 
 Gains on cash flow hedges released from equity 
  to the carrying amount of 
  non-financial assets                                                                  -             (1) 
 Loss on cross currency swap cash flow hedge deferred 
  into equity                                                                        (21)               - 
 Loss on cross currency swap cash flow hedge released 
  from equity to income - interest payable                                              3               - 
 Gain on cost of hedging deferred into equity                                           6               - 
 Gain on cost of hedging released from equity to 
  income - interest payable                                                           (1)               - 
 Tax on above items                                                   7                11               1 
----------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ----------------  -------------- 
Total other comprehensive income for the year                                       1,076             227 
----------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ----------------  -------------- 
Total comprehensive income for the year                                             1,237             402 
----------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ----------------  -------------- 
 

Consolidated balance sheet

At 29 March 2020 and 31 March 2019

 
                                                          Reported   Reported 
                                                                at         at 
                                                          29 March   31 March 
                                                              2020       2019 
                                                  Notes       GBPm       GBPm 
------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------- 
Non-current assets 
Property, plant and equipment                                3,120      2,066 
Goodwill                                             13        390        380 
Intangible assets                                              558        631 
Investments in associates                                        5          5 
Financial assets 
 Pension escrow investments                                    201        207 
 Derivatives                                                     -          4 
RMPP/RMSEPP retirement benefit surplus - net of 
 withholding tax payable                             10      3,614      2,408 
Other receivables                                               12         12 
Deferred tax assets                                   7        110         64 
------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------- 
                                                             8,010      5,777 
------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------- 
Assets held for sale                                            25         36 
------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------- 
Current assets 
Inventories                                                     19         27 
Trade and other receivables                                  1,282      1,310 
Income tax receivable                                            6          7 
Financial assets 
 Investments                                                    30          - 
 Derivatives                                                     5          8 
Cash and cash equivalents                            14      1,640        236 
------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------- 
                                                             2,982      1,588 
------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------- 
Total assets                                                11,017      7,401 
------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------- 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables                                   (2,041)    (1,883) 
Financial liabilities 
 Interest-bearing loans and borrowings               15      (700)          - 
 Lease liabilities                                   12      (201)       (37) 
 Derivatives                                                  (35)        (3) 
Income tax payable                                             (5)        (8) 
Provisions                                           16      (113)       (58) 
------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------- 
                                                           (3,095)    (1,989) 
------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------- 
 
                                                          Reported   Reported 
                                                                at         at 
                                                          29 March   31 March 
                                                              2020       2019 
                                                  Notes       GBPm       GBPm 
------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------- 
Non-current liabilities 
Financial liabilities 
 Interest-bearing loans and borrowings               15      (935)      (431) 
 Lease liabilities                                   12      (987)       (88) 
 Derivatives                                                  (32)        (2) 
DBCBS retirement benefit deficit                     10      (177)       (72) 
Provisions                                           16      (112)      (104) 
Other payables                                                 (4)       (41) 
Deferred tax liabilities                              7       (54)       (55) 
------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------- 
                                                           (2,301)      (793) 
------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------- 
Total liabilities                                          (5,396)    (2,782) 
------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------- 
Net assets                                                   5,621        4,619 
------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  ----------- 
Equity 
Share capital                                                   10           10 
Retained earnings                                            5,625        4,576 
Other reserves                                                (14)           33 
------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  ----------- 
Total equity attributable to Parent Company                  5,621        4,619 
------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  ----------- 
 

The financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 24 June 2020 and were signed on its behalf by:

   Keith Williams                     Stuart Simpson 
   Interim Executive Chair      Interim Chief Executive Officer Royal Mail 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

For the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2020 and 53 weeks ended 31 March 2019

 
                                                                         Foreign 
                                                                        currency 
                                                  Share   Retained   translation   Hedging    Total 
                                                capital   earnings       reserve   reserve   equity 
                                                   GBPm       GBPm          GBPm      GBPm     GBPm 
---------------------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------  --------  ------- 
Reported at 25 March 2018                            10      4,381            36         9    4,436 
---------------------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------  --------  ------- 
Profit for the year                                   -        175             -         -      175 
Other comprehensive income/(expense) 
 for the year                                         -        239           (9)       (3)      227 
---------------------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------  --------  ------- 
Total comprehensive income/(expense) 
 for the year                                         -        414           (9)       (3)      402 
Transactions with owners of the Company, 
 recognised directly in equity 
 Dividend paid to equity holders of 
  the Parent Company                                  -      (242)             -         -    (242) 
 Reversal of put options for non-controlling 
  interests                                           -          2             -         -        2 
 Share-based payments 
   Employee Free Shares issue                         -         23             -         -       23 
   Long--Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)                   -          4             -         -        4 
   Deferred Share Bonus Plan (DSBP)                   -          3             -         -        3 
 Purchase of own shares(1)                            -       (10)             -         -     (10) 
 Employee exercise of SAYE options                    -          5             -         -        5 
 Deferred tax on share-based payments                 -        (1)             -         -      (1) 
 Settlement of LTIP 2015                              -        (3)             -         -      (3) 
---------------------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------  --------  ------- 
Reported at 31 March 2019                            10      4,576            27         6    4,619 
---------------------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------  --------  ------- 
IFRS 16 transition adjustment                         -          1             -         -        1 
---------------------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------  --------  ------- 
Reported at 1 April 2019 on transition 
 to IFRS 16                                          10      4,577            27         6    4,620 
---------------------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------  --------  ------- 
Profit for the year                                   -        161             -         -      161 
Other comprehensive income/(expense) 
 for the year                                         -      1,122             3      (49)    1,076 
---------------------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------  --------  ------- 
Total comprehensive income/(expense) 
 for the year                                         -      1,283             3      (49)    1,237 
Transactions with owners of the Company, 
 recognised directly in equity 
Gains on cash flow hedges released 
 from equity to the carrying amount 
 of non-financial assets                              -          -             -       (1)      (1) 
 Dividend paid to equity holders of 
  the Parent Company                                  -      (244)             -         -    (244) 
 Share-based payments 
   Employee Free Shares issue                         -          7             -         -        7 
   Long--Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)                   -          2             -         -        2 
   Deferred Share Bonus Plan (DSBP)                   -          2             -         -        2 
 Purchase of own shares(1)                            -        (3)             -         -      (3) 
 Deferred tax on share-based payments                 -          1             -         -        1 
---------------------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------  --------  ------- 
Reported at 29 March 2020                            10      5,625            30      (44)    5,621 
---------------------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------  --------  ------- 
 
   1      Shares required for employee share schemes. 

Consolidated statement of cash flows

For the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2020 and 53 weeks ended 31 March 2019

 
                                                                                Re-presented(1) 
                                                                      Reported         reported 
                                                                      52 weeks         53 weeks 
                                                                          2020             2019 
                                                              Notes       GBPm             GBPm 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
Cash flow from operating activities 
Profit before tax                                                          180              241 
Adjustment for: 
 Net pension interest                                         10(c)       (86)             (79) 
 Net finance costs                                                          50               13 
 Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment                      (89)             (15) 
 Regulatory fine                                                            51                - 
 RMSEPP settlement                                            10(c)          -               64 
 Employee Free Shares charge                                                 4               22 
 Impairment of assets                                                       91               68 
 Legacy/other (credits)/costs                                              (3)                7 
 Amortisation of intangible assets in acquisitions                          19               20 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
Operating profit before specific items(2)                                  217              341 
Adjustment for: 
 Depreciation and amortisation                                             516              391 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
EBITDA before specific items(2)                                            733              732 
Working capital movements                                                  162            (221) 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
 Increase in inventories                                                   (1)              (2) 
 Decrease/(increase) in receivables                                         13            (176) 
 Increase/(decrease) in payables                                           126             (51) 
 Net decrease in derivative assets                                          19                2 
 Increase in provisions (non-specific items)                                 5                6 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
Pension charge to cash difference adjustment                     10        108               70 
Share-based awards (LTIP and DSBP) charge                                    4                7 
Cash cost of operating specific items                                      (2)              (6) 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
Cash inflow from operations                                              1,005              582 
Income tax paid                                                           (69)             (91) 
Research and development expenditure credit                                 14                2 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
Net cash inflow from operating activities                                  950              493 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
Cash flow from investing activities 
Finance income received                                                      6                5 
Proceeds from disposal of property (excluding London 
 Development Portfolio), plant and equipment (non-operating 
 specific item)                                                             12               25 
London Development Portfolio net proceeds (non-operating 
 specific item)                                                             97                7 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment(3)                             (265)            (264) 
Acquisition of business interests, net of cash 
 acquired                                                                 (15)            (212) 
Purchase of intangible assets (software)(3)                               (77)            (100) 
Payment of deferred consideration in respect of 
 prior years' acquisitions                                                 (2)              (4) 
Purchase of financial asset investments                                   (30)                - 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
Net cash outflow from investing activities                               (274)            (543) 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
Net cash inflow/(outflow) before financing activities                      676             (50) 
------------------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  --------------- 
 

Consolidated statement of cash flows (continued)

For the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2020 and 53 weeks ended 31 March 2019

 
                                                                         Re-presented 
                                                               Reported      reported 
                                                               52 weeks      53 weeks 
                                                                   2020          2019 
                                                       Notes       GBPm          GBPm 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  ------------ 
Cash flow from financing activities 
Finance costs paid                                                 (53)          (17) 
Acquisition of non-controlling interests                              -           (4) 
Purchase of own shares                                              (3)          (10) 
Employee exercise of SAYE options                                     -             5 
Payment of capital element of obligations under 
 lease contracts                                                  (172)          (56) 
Cash received on sale and leasebacks                                  6            13 
Proceeds from loans and borrowings                                1,189             - 
Repayment of loans and borrowings                                   (1)           (1) 
Dividends paid to equity holders of the Parent 
 Company                                                   9      (244)         (242) 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  ------------ 
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities                 722         (312) 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  ------------ 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents              1,398         (362) 
Effect of foreign currency exchange rates on cash 
 and cash equivalents                                                 6           (2) 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the 
 year                                                     14        236           600 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  ------------ 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year          14      1,640           236 
-----------------------------------------------------  -----  ---------  ------------ 
 

1 Transformation costs are no longer presented as a separate line item and are included in 'operating profit before specific items'. The transformation costs to cash difference is now presented in working capital (provisions). The comparative period cash flows have therefore been re-presented on this basis.

2 For further details on Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) used, see the section of the Financial Review entitled 'Presentation of Results and Alternative Performance Measures'.

3 Items comprise total gross capital expenditure within 'In-year trading cash flow' measure (see Financial Review).

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1. Basis of preparation

General information

Royal Mail plc ('the Company') is incorporated in the United Kingdom (UK) and listed on the London Stock Exchange. The UK is the Company's country of domicile.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company for the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2020 (2018-19: 53 weeks ended 31 March 2019) comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as 'the Group') and the Group's interest in its associate undertakings.

Basis of preparation and accounting

(a) Going concern

In assessing the going concern status of the Group, the Directors are required to look forward a minimum of 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements to consider whether it is appropriate to prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis.

The Directors have prepared business projections which are consistent with a lifting of the current COVID-19 lockdown restrictions from early July 2020, but with a GDP decline of 10 per cent in the 2020-21 reporting year, followed by a recovery thereafter, affecting both the UK business and GLS.

The Directors have also considered a severe, yet plausible, downside scenario that assumes a second wave of COVID-19 in the UK resulting in a further three-month lockdown during the autumn/winter in the UK, and a further deterioration in economic conditions impacting the UK and GLS. Whilst letter volumes could decline at a faster rate under this scenario, parcel volumes would be expected to remain broadly flat, or slightly ahead and overall margin would decline. This downside also assumes the potential impact of industrial action and continued spend on Protective Equipment and social distancing measures to protect our workforce. The scenario also takes into account the mitigating actions that are in the control of the Directors, such as suspending the dividend or reducing variable hours and cost of sales.

The Directors have reviewed both the business projections consistent with a lifting of the current COVID-19 lockdown restrictions from early July 2020 and the downside scenario business projections and assessed these against committed and undrawn funding facilities of GBP225 million at 29 March 2020 through the syndicated bank loan facility and other liquid resources available to the Group (cash at bank GBP209 million and cash equivalent/current asset investments of GBP1,440 million at 29 March 2020). The Directors have obtained a covenant waiver from its syndicate bank which removes the syndicated bank loan facility net debt/EBITDA and EBITDA/interest covenant tests for September 2020, March 2021 and September 2021, but which are replaced by a minimum liquidity covenant of GBP250 million. The Directors have also received approval from the Bank of England for the COVID Corporate Financing Facility (the 'CCFF') of up to GBP600 million. The CCFF can be drawn by the Group up to March 2021, and is available for a period of up to 12 months from the draw down date.

The downside case indicates that the Group would not need to draw on both the CCFF and the syndicated bank loan facility at the same time in order to maintain sufficient liquidity.

The Directors are satisfied that these facilities, coupled with business projections, show that the Group will continue to operate for a minimum of twelve months from the date of approval of these financial statements.

The financial statements do not include any adjustments that would result from the going concern basis of preparation being inappropriate.

(b) Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and applicable IFRS as adopted for use in the EU. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the accounting policies stated in the Group's Annual Report and Financial Statements for the reporting year ended 29 March 2020.

The financial information set out in this document does not constitute the Group's statutory financial statements for the reporting years ended 29 March 2020 or 31 March 2019, but is derived from those financial statements. Statutory financial statements for the reporting year ended 31 March 2019 have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies. The statutory financial statements for the reporting year ended 29 March 2020 were approved by the Board of Directors on 24 June 2020 along with this Financial report, but will be delivered to the Registrar of Companies in due course. The auditor has reported on those statutory financial statements; their reports were (i) unqualified, (ii) did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditor drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying their report and (iii) did not contain a statement under section 498 (2) or (3) of the Companies Act 2006.

The Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019-20, together with details of the Annual General Meeting (AGM), will be despatched to shareholders before the AGM. The AGM will take place on 8 September 2020.

Presentation of results and accounting policies

The Group's significant accounting policies, including details of new and amended accounting standards adopted in the reporting year, can be found in the Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019-20. Details of key sources of estimation uncertainty and critical accounting judgements are provided below.

These financial statements and associated Notes have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU and as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) (i.e. on a 'reported' basis). In some instances, Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) are used by the Group. This is because Management is of the view that these APMs provide a more meaningful basis on which to analyse business performance, and are consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by Management and reported to the Board. Details of the APMs used by the Group are provided in the Financial Review.

Sources of estimation uncertainty and critical accounting judgements

The preparation of consolidated financial statements necessarily requires Management to make certain estimates and judgements that can have a significant impact on the financial statements. These estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where there is thought to be a significant risk of a material adjustment to the consolidated financial statements within the next financial year as a result of the estimation uncertainty are disclosed below.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

Pensions

The value of defined benefit pension plan liabilities and assessment of pension plan costs are determined by long-term actuarial assumptions. These assumptions include discount rates (which are based on the long-term yield of high-quality corporate bonds), inflation rates and mortality rates. Differences arising from actual experience or future changes in assumptions will be reflected in the Group's consolidated statement of comprehensive income. The Group exercises its judgment in determining the assumptions to be adopted, after discussion with a qualified actuary. Details of the key actuarial assumptions used and of the sensitivity of these assumptions for the RMPP and DBCBS are included within Note 10.

Defined benefit pension plan assets are measured at fair value. Where these assets cannot be valued directly from quoted market prices, the Group applies judgement in selecting an appropriate valuation method, after discussion with an expert fund manager. For the main classes of assets:

-- Equities listed on recognised stock exchanges are valued at closing bid price, or the last traded price, depending on the convention of the stock exchange on which they are quoted;

-- Bonds are measured using a combination of broker quotes and pricing models making assumptions for credit risk, market risk and market yield curves;

-- Pooled investment vehicles are valued using published prices or the latest information from investment managers which includes any necessary fair value adjustments; and

-- Properties are valued on the basis of open market value as at the year end date, in accordance with RICS Valuations Standards. As a result of the current situation with regards the COVID-19 pandemic, we have been advised by our valuers that conditions exist in the real estate markets that may result in uncertainty in the reliability of these valuations. Nonetheless, these represent the best estimate of the current valuation at the year end date and have been adjusted by our valuers to account for the expected impact of COVID-19, based on the information available at the time that the valuation was prepared.

For exchange-traded derivatives that are assets, fair value is based on bid prices. For exchange-traded derivatives that are liabilities, fair value is based on offer prices.

Non-exchange traded derivatives are valued as follows:

-- Open forward foreign currency contracts at the balance sheet date are over the counter contracts and are valued using forward currency rates at that point. The unrealised appreciation or depreciation of open foreign currency contracts is calculated as the difference between the contracted rate and the rate to close out the contract;

-- Open option contracts at the balance sheet date are over the counter contracts and fair value is calculated taking into account the strike price, maturity date and the underlying asset of the option. The unrealised appreciation or depreciation of open option contracts is calculated as the difference between the premiums paid for the options and the price to close out the options; and

-- Interest rate and credit default swaps are over the counter contracts and fair value is the current value of the future expected net cash flows, taking into account the time value of money and market data at year end.

The value of the RMSEPP insurance policies held by the Group are equal to the accounting defined benefit obligation of the scheme as at the year end date.

The assumptions used in valuing unquoted investments are affected by current market conditions and trends, which could result in changes to the fair value after the measurement date. Details of the carrying value of the unquoted pension plan asset classes can be found in Note 10.

It is not currently practical to provide a quantitative estimate of the impact of Covid-19 on the Group's schemes. The schemes' assets are invested across multiple sectors and locations and accordingly returns will vary due to these factors and the specific nature of the underlying asset. Scheme assets that could be significantly impacted include equities, bonds, property and pooled investments. The Trustees of the pension schemes have designed and implemented investment strategies taking a long-term view and have built in resilience to withstand short-term fluctuations that may impact the schemes.

Deferred revenue

The Group recognises advance customer payments on its balance sheet, predominantly relating to stamps and meter credits purchased by customers but not yet used at the balance sheet date.

The majority of this balance is made up of stamps sold to the general public. To determine the amount of sales to defer, previously, an estimate of stamp volumes held by the general public at the year-end was made on the basis of monthly surveys performed by an independent third party. As surveys of this nature are inherently subjective and rely on the number and demographic profile of respondents, Management have adopted a modified approach utilising a number of different data sources to calculate the estimated deferred revenue liability given that stamps can be held and used for varying time periods.

At 29 March 2020 the Group recognised GBP185 million (2018-19: GBP188 million) deferred revenue in respect of stamps sold to the general public but not used at the balance sheet date. The primary sources of data used to derive this estimate are as follows:

-- Revenue data related to stamp sales through the Post Office network;

-- Historic trends of deferred revenue balances;

-- Changes in the number of working days during the period; and

-- Adjustments to reflect posting patterns around key events close to the reporting year end e.g. Mothering Sunday, Easter

Analysis has been undertaken to understand the sensitivity of the reported deferred revenue balance to the methodology by which it is calculated. This analysis has shown that the amount reported is unlikely to fall outside a range of +/- GBP20 million (2018-19: +/- GBP22 million). This sensitivity arises because of Management's judgment in applying a weighting to the component parts of the data sources. Average stamp holding days has remained consistent year-on-year at 43 days (2018-19: 44 days).

Management are of the view that this new process will remove the reliance on a single data source, allow the timely close of critical period ends, and improve the accuracy of the estimated result.

Impairment test for goodwill and CGUs

In assessing whether there has been an impairment of goodwill, CGU or in some instances a specific asset, Management determines whether the carrying value is higher than the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of a CGU or asset's fair value less costs to sell (realisable value) and value in use. The value in use of the CGU/asset is calculated based on its discounted cashflows. The key estimates that can impact the value in use calculations are changes to the growth rates applied to derive the terminal value, the adjusted EBITDA figure, excluding one-off uncommitted transformation expenditure and benefits, or a movement in the discount rate applied to the future cash flows.

These are key estimates as they are subjective in nature and significant assumptions are required. Any changes to assumptions may lead to impairment charges being recognised. For the annual impairment test for goodwill, the Group has considered the impact of the assumptions used in the GLS CGU tests and has conducted sensitivity analysis on the impairment tests as disclosed in Note 13.

Royal Mail UK CGU

During the reporting period this CGU was tested for impairment. At 29 March 2020 the carrying value of this CGU was GBP1,313 million. The recoverable amount, assessed as being the 'value in use' is calculated based on the Board's three year forecast free cash flows, with the assumption that the subsequent years will be in line with the performance of year three. Cash flows into perpetuity are assumed to have a growth rate of nil.

Cash flows have been discounted at the Group's pre-tax WACC of 9.0 per cent to reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGU. The headroom of the CGU is GBP478 million. The Group has conducted sensitivity analysis on the impairment test for each of the key assumptions. The assumptions used and the impact of sensitivities on these assumptions are shown below.

The perpetuity growth rate included in the impairment model is nil. If the perpetuity rate decreased to a decline of 4.53 per cent into perpetuity the headroom of the Royal Mail UK CGU would be eroded to nil. The pre-tax discount rate for the Royal Mail UK CGU is 9.0 per cent. An increase in the pre-tax discount rate to 11.7 per cent would result in no headroom.

A key sensitivity in the Royal Mail UK impairment model is adjusted EBITDA excluding one-off uncommitted transformation expenditure and benefits. If each year in the plan was to decrease by 8.1 per cent the CGU would have no headroom.

Parcelforce Worldwide CGU

As a result of delays in the transformation of the Parcelforce Worldwide business, an impairment review of the Parcelforce Worldwide CGU was undertaken during the reporting period. This impairment assessment identified that the carrying value of the CGU was in excess of its recoverable amount which resulted in a GBP91 million impairment charge reported as a specific item within the UKPIL segment.

The recoverable amount of the CGU was calculated as the value in use and considered cash flows for the business forecasted for five years. The cash flows were discounted to present value at the pre-tax WACC of 9.0 per cent. As a result of the recoverable amount being significantly lower than the carrying value, all non-monetary assets were written off, this consisted of GBP58 million tangible assets and GBP33 million intangible assets.

GLS Canada CGU

In assessing whether there has been any impairment of goodwill, Management determines whether the CGU carrying value is higher than the recoverable amount of the underlying CGU. The recoverable amount is the higher of a CGU's fair value less costs to sell (realisable value) and value in use. In the case of goodwill allocated to the GLS Canada CGU, the realisable value is estimated using five year forecast cash flows. Details of the impairment review of the CGU and the relevant estimates and assumptions are included in Note 13.

Critical accounting judgments

Provisions - Industrial diseases

Due to the nature of provisions, a significant part of their determination is based upon estimates and/or judgments concerning the future. The industrial diseases claims provision is considered to be the area where the application of judgement has the most significant impact. The industrial diseases claims provision arose as a result of a Court of Appeal judgement in 2010 and relates to individuals who were employed in the General Post Office Telecommunications division prior to October 1981.

The provision requires estimates to be made of the likely volume and cost of future claims, as well as the discount rate to be applied to these, and is based on the best information available as at the year end, which incorporates independent expert actuarial advice. A 500bps decrease to the 0.7 per cent discount rate used at 29 March 2020 would result in a GBP6 million increase in the overall provision. If the number and value of expected claims per annum increased/decreased by 10 per cent, the provision would increase/decrease by GBP6 million. Any income statement movements arising from changes in accounting estimates are disclosed as an operating specific item. The carrying value of this provision is included within Note 16.

IFRS 16 - Incremental borrowing rates (IBR)

Under IFRS 16, lease liabilities are initially recognised at the commencement date at the present value of future lease payments discounted at the rate inherent in the lease or, where this is not readily determinable, an appropriate IBR. In practice, the rate inherent in the lease is not readily determinable for the majority of leases previously classed as operating leases under IAS 17 and so an IBR is used. These leases primarily relate to property and motor vehicles. In addition, an IBR has also been applied when calculating the opening transition lease liability balances.

The IBR is the rate of interest that a lessee would have to pay to borrow, over a similar term, and with a similar security, the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment. The methodology used to obtain these rates and how they are applied to assets with different lease terms, is an area of significant judgement.

In considering the appropriate IBR to apply, the Group has adopted a three-step approach. This approach begins with an appropriate risk-free base rate; adjusts this rate to reflect the cost of company specific unsecured borrowing; and, finally, considers the need to adjust the rate determined to reflect the underlying leased asset acting as collateral.

From the evidence obtained, Management have concluded that for the UKPIL business, lenders do not make adjustments to the borrowing rates offered on lending, based upon the underlying asset to be obtained. The key factors in the borrowing rates available to UKPIL are judged to be the current credit rating of the Group (BBB) and the length of the borrowing term required.

On the basis of the work performed, UKPIL has treated assets being held for a similar length of time as having a similarly calculated IBR, with assets being grouped according to lease length, both at transition and in the future. By grouping assets in this way, a rate card has been produced, to be updated periodically, which can be applied to all future leases requiring an IBR. UKPIL have based IBR rates on UK BBB corporate bond yields, adjusted to reflect the different payment profile between a bond and a lease.

The GLS business has followed a similar methodology and grouping by lease length to that used in UKPIL. However, instead of basing the yields on corporate bond yield curves, which are not readily obtainable for all GLS currencies, a sovereign bond yield curve for the relevant country has been used as the starting point and an appropriate margin applied to this based upon consideration of consolidated GLS quantitative and qualitative information.

The weighted average lessee's incremental borrowing rate applied to lease liabilities recognised on the balance sheet at the date of initial application is three per cent in UKPIL and two per cent in GLS. Sensitivity analysis performed as part of the IFRS 16 implementation work, identified that a movement of 100 bps in the incremental borrowing rate would lead to a movement in lease liabilities recognised of around four per cent.

2. Segment information

The Group's operating segments are based on geographic business units whose primary services and products relate to the delivery of parcels and letters. These segments are evaluated regularly by the Royal Mail plc Board - the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) as defined by IFRS 8 'Operating Segments' - in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.

A key measure of segment performance is operating profit before specific items (used internally for the Corporate Balanced Scorecard). This measure of performance is disclosed on an 'adjusted' basis, a non-IFRS measure, excluding specific items and the pension charge to cash difference adjustment (see APMs section). This is consistent with how financial performance is measured internally and reported to the CODM.

Segment revenues have been attributed to the respective countries based on the primary location of the service performed. Transfer prices between segments are set at an arm's length/fair value on the basis of charges reached through negotiation between the relevant business units that form part of the segments.

 
                                                                                             Specific items, 
                                                                                      and pension adjustment 
52 weeks 2020                               Adjusted                                         in people costs  Reported 
==================  ========================================================  ------------------------------  -------- 
                                               GLS                                                       GLS 
                               UKPIL       (Non-UK                                       UKPIL       (Non-UK 
Continuing           (UK operations)   operations)  Eliminations(1)    Group   (UK operations)   operations)     Group 
operations                      GBPm          GBPm             GBPm     GBPm              GBPm          GBPm      GBPm 
------------------  ----------------  ------------  ---------------  -------  ----------------  ------------  -------- 
Revenue                        7,720         3,161             (41)   10,840                 -             -    10,840 
People costs                 (5,234)         (722)                -  (5,956)             (108)                 (6,064) 
Non-people costs             (2,369)       (2,231)               41  (4,559)                 -             -   (4,559) 
------------------  ----------------  ------------  ---------------  -------  ----------------  ------------  -------- 
Operating profit 
 before specific 
 items                           117           208                -      325             (108)             -       217 
Operating specific 
items 
 Regulatory fine                   -             -                -        -              (51)             -      (51) 
 Employee Free 
  Shares charge                    -             -                -        -               (4)             -       (4) 
 Impairment of 
  assets                           -             -                -        -              (91)             -      (91) 
 Legacy/other 
  (costs)/credits                  -             -                -        -               (2)             5         3 
 Amortisation of 
  intangible 
  assets in 
  acquisitions                     -             -                -        -               (1)          (18)      (19) 
------------------  ----------------  ------------  ---------------  -------  ----------------  ------------  -------- 
Operating profit                 117           208                -      325             (257)          (13)        55 
Profit on disposal 
 of property, 
 plant and 
 equipment 
 (non-operating 
 specific item)                    -             -                -        -                88             1        89 
------------------  ----------------  ------------  ---------------  -------  ----------------  ------------  -------- 
Profit before 
 interest and tax                117           208                -      325             (169)          (12)       144 
Finance costs                   (49)          (18)               11     (56)                 -             -      (56) 
Finance income                    15             2             (11)        6                 -             -         6 
Net pension 
 interest 
 (non-operating 
 specific item)                    -             -                -        -                86             -        86 
------------------  ----------------  ------------  ---------------  -------  ----------------  ------------  -------- 
Profit before tax                 83           192                -      275              (83)          (12)       180 
------------------  ----------------  ------------  ---------------  -------  ----------------  ------------  -------- 
 

1 Revenue and non-people costs eliminations relate to intragroup trading between UKPIL and GLS, due to Parcelforce Worldwide being GLS' partner in the UK. Finance costs/income eliminations relate to intragroup loans between UKPIL and GLS.

 
Re-presented(2) 
                                                                                             Specific items, 
                                                                                      and pension adjustment 
  53 weeks 2019                             Adjusted                                         in people costs  Reported 
==================  ========================================================  ------------------------------  -------- 
                                               GLS                                                       GLS 
                               UKPIL       (Non-UK                                       UKPIL       (Non-UK 
Continuing           (UK operations)   operations)  Eliminations(3)    Group   (UK operations)   operations)     Group 
operations                      GBPm          GBPm             GBPm     GBPm              GBPm          GBPm      GBPm 
------------------  ----------------  ------------  ---------------  -------  ----------------  ------------  -------- 
Revenue                        7,732         2,888             (39)   10,581                 -             -    10,581 
People costs                 (5,132)         (667)                -  (5,799)              (70)             -   (5,869) 
Non-people costs             (2,366)       (2,044)               39  (4,371)                 -             -   (4,371) 
------------------  ----------------  ------------  ---------------  -------  ----------------  ------------  -------- 
Operating profit 
 before 
 specific items                  234           177                -      411              (70)             -       341 
Operating specific 
items 
 RMSEPP settlement                 -             -                -        -              (64)             -      (64) 
 Employee Free 
  Shares 
  charge                           -             -                -        -              (22)             -      (22) 
 Impairment of 
  assets                           -             -                -        -                 -          (68)      (68) 
 Legacy/other 
  costs                            -             -                -        -               (5)           (2)       (7) 
 Amortisation of 
  intangible 
  assets in 
  acquisitions                     -             -                -        -               (1)          (19)      (20) 
------------------  ----------------  ------------  ---------------  -------  ----------------  ------------  -------- 
Operating profit                 234           177                -      411             (162)          (89)       160 
 Profit on 
  disposal of 
  property, plant 
  and 
  equipment 
  (non-operating 
  specific item)                   -             -                -        -                15             -        15 
------------------  ----------------  ------------  ---------------  -------  ----------------  ------------  -------- 
Profit before 
 interest 
 and tax                         234           177                -      411             (147)          (89)       175 
Finance costs                   (17)          (10)                9     (18)                 -             -      (18) 
Finance income                    12             2              (9)        5                 -             -         5 
Net pension 
 interest 
 (non-operating 
 specific 
 item)                             -             -                -        -                79             -        79 
------------------  ----------------  ------------  ---------------  -------  ----------------  ------------  -------- 
Profit before tax                229           169                -      398              (68)          (89)       241 
------------------  ----------------  ------------  ---------------  -------  ----------------  ------------  -------- 
 

2 The comparative period has been re-presented to incorporate changes to the presentation of costs (see the income statement for more details).

3 Revenue and non-people costs eliminations relate to intragroup trading between UKPIL and GLS, due to Parcelforce Worldwide being GLS' partner in the UK. Finance costs/income eliminations relate to intragroup loans between UKPIL and GLS.

The depreciation and amortisation below are included within 'operating profit before specific items' in the income statement.

The non-current assets below exclude financial assets, retirement benefit surplus and deferred tax and are included within non-current assets on the balance sheet.

 
                                                                                 GLS 
                                                                 UKPIL       (Non-UK 
                                                       (UK operations)   Operations)  Total 
52 weeks 2020                                                     GBPm          GBPm   GBPm 
----------------------------------------------------  ----------------  ------------  ----- 
Depreciation(4)                                                  (306)         (106)  (412) 
Amortisation of intangible assets (mainly software)               (90)          (14)  (104) 
----------------------------------------------------  ----------------  ------------  ----- 
 
Non-current assets                                               2,695         1,390  4,085 
----------------------------------------------------  ----------------  ------------  ----- 
 
   4      Includes GBP156 million resulting from the adoption of IFRS 16. 
 
                                                                                 GLS 
                                                                 UKPIL       (Non-UK 
                                                       (UK operations)   Operations)  Total 
53 weeks 2019                                                     GBPm          GBPm   GBPm 
----------------------------------------------------  ----------------  ------------  ----- 
Depreciation                                                     (213)          (45)  (258) 
Amortisation of intangible assets (mainly software)              (120)          (13)  (133) 
----------------------------------------------------  ----------------  ------------  ----- 
 
Non-current assets                                               2,103           991  3,094 
----------------------------------------------------  ----------------  ------------  ----- 
 

3. Revenue

 
                                           Intragroup 
                            UKPIL    GLS   revenue(1)   Group 
52 weeks 2020                GBPm   GBPm         GBPm    GBPm 
--------------------------  -----  -----  -----------  ------ 
Letters and other revenue   3,409      -            -   3,409 
Advertising Letters           612      -            -     612 
Parcels                     3,699  3,161         (41)   6,819 
--------------------------  -----  -----  -----------  ------ 
Total                       7,720  3,161         (41)  10,840 
--------------------------  -----  -----  -----------  ------ 
 
 
                                             Intragroup 
Re-presented(2)              UKPIL     GLS   revenue(1)   Group 
 53 weeks 2019                GBPm    GBPm         GBPm    GBPm 
==========================  ======  ======  ===========  ====== 
Letters and other revenue    3,431       -            -   3,431 
Advertising Letters            705       -            -     705 
Parcels                      3,596   2,888         (39)   6,445 
--------------------------  ------  ------  -----------  ------ 
Total                        7,732   2,888         (39)  10,581 
--------------------------  ------  ------  -----------  ------ 
 

1 Eliminations relate to intragroup revenue from trading between UKPIL and GLS. This is due to Parcelforce Worldwide being GLS' partner in the UK.

2 UK letters and parcels revenue and volumes have been allocated using a new methodology which reduces our reliance on sampling by using Post Office traffic data. This change only impacts the allocation of revenue between stamped letters and parcels and some international export products. Total UKPIL revenue remains unchanged.

During the year, around GBP290 million (2018-19: GBP280 million) of revenue was recognised which was previously held as a deferred revenue balance at 31 March 2019 (2018-19: 25 March 2018). This balance mainly relates to stamps held and not yet used by customers and is recognised as 'advance customer payments' within 'current trade and other payables' in the Annual Report and Financial Statements.

4. Operating costs

Operating profit before specific items is stated after charging the following operating costs:

 
                                                         Re-presented(1) 
                                                                reported 
                                               52 weeks         53 weeks 
                                                   2020             2019 
                                                   GBPm             GBPm 
---------------------------------------------  --------  --------------- 
People costs (see Note 5)                       (6,064)          (5,869) 
 
Distribution and conveyance costs 
Charges from overseas postal administrations      (361)            (348) 
Fuel costs                                        (183)            (156) 
 
Infrastructure costs 
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment         (516)            (391) 
---------------------------------------------  --------  --------------- 
 Charge for property, plant and equipment         (412)            (258) 
 Charge for intangible assets                     (104)            (133) 
---------------------------------------------  --------  --------------- 
 

1 The comparative period has been re-presented to incorporate changes to the presentation of costs (see the income statement for more details).

 
Other operating costs 
Post Office Limited charges   (351)  (354) 
Inventory expensed             (41)   (34) 
 

Regulatory body costs

The following disclosure is relevant in understanding the extent of ongoing compliance costs in relation to the regulation of the Group.

 
                                                            52 weeks  53 weeks 
                                                                2020      2019 
                                                                GBPm      GBPm 
----------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Ofcom administrative charge                                      (5)       (3) 
Citizens Advice/Citizens Advice Scotland/Consumer Council 
 for Northern Ireland                                            (1)       (2) 
----------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Total                                                            (6)       (5) 
----------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
 

Statutory audit costs

Disclosure of statutory audit costs is a requirement of the Companies Act 2006.

 
                                                52 weeks  53 weeks 
                                                    2020      2019 
Auditor's fees                                    GBP000    GBP000 
----------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Audit of Group statutory financial statements    (1,247)     (988) 
Other fees to Auditor: 
Audit of the accounts of subsidiaries            (1,453)   (1,396) 
Review of the interim financial information        (219)     (215) 
Regulatory audit                                   (128)     (125) 
Other assurance                                    (100)         - 
----------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Total                                            (3,147)   (2,724) 
----------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
 

The 2019-20 fees relate to the services of the Group's appointed auditor KPMG LLP. In addition to the above amounts, KPMG LLP was paid by the respective Trustees, GBP102,500 for the audit of the Royal Mail Pension Plan (2018-19: GBP165,000) and GBP29,000 for the audit of the Royal Mail Defined Contribution Plan (RMDCP) (2018-19: GBP35,000).

5. People information

 
                                                                     Re-presented(1) 
                                                           52 weeks         reported 
                                                               2020    53 weeks 2019 
People costs                                                   GBPm             GBPm 
---------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------------- 
Wages and salaries                                          (4,904)          (4,753) 
---------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------------- 
 UKPIL                                                      (4,267)          (4,173) 
 GLS                                                          (637)            (580) 
---------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------------- 
Pensions (see Note 10)                                        (679)            (635) 
---------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------------- 
 Defined benefit UK                                           (397)            (374) 
 Defined contribution UK                                       (97)             (82) 
 Defined benefit and defined contribution Pension Salary 
  Exchange (PSE) UK                                           (178)            (172) 
 GLS                                                            (7)              (7) 
---------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------------- 
Social security                                               (481)            (481) 
---------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------------- 
 UKPIL                                                        (403)            (401) 
 GLS                                                           (78)             (80) 
---------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------------- 
 
Total people costs                                          (6,064)          (5,869) 
---------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------------- 
 
Defined benefit pension plan rates: 
Income statement - RMPP                                           -            41.0% 
                            - DBCBS                           20.8%            18.9% 
Cash flow - RMPP                                                  -            17.1% 
                            - DBCBS                           15.6%            15.6% 
Defined contribution pension plan average rate: 
Income statement and cash flow(2)                              8.6%             8.0% 
---------------------------------------------------------  --------  --------------- 
 

1 The comparative period has been re-presented to incorporate changes to the presentation of costs (see the income statement for more details).

2 Employer contribution rates are three per cent for employees in the entry level category and ten per cent for the majority of those in the standard level category. For the remaining standard level employees, the employer contribution is either eight or nine per cent, depending on the employees' selected contribution rate.

People numbers

The number of people employed, expressed as both full-time equivalents and headcount, during the reporting year was as follows:

 
               Full-time equivalents(3)                      Headcount(4) 
        --------------------------------------  -------------------------------------- 
             Year end            Average             Year end            Average 
        ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------ 
        52 weeks  53 weeks  52 weeks  53 weeks  52 weeks  53 weeks  52 weeks  53 weeks 
            2020      2019      2020      2019      2020      2019      2020      2019 
------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------- 
UKPIL    146,445   147,148   149,351   149,212   141,466   142,757   142,444   141,792 
GLS       15,818    14,969    15,721    14,954    19,306    19,221    19,191    19,198 
------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------- 
Total    162,263   162,117   165,072   164,166   160,772   161,978   161,635   160,990 
------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------- 
 

3 These people numbers relate to the total number of paid hours (including part-time, full-time and agency hours) divided by the number of standard full-time working hours in the same year.

   4      These people numbers are based on permanent employees. 

Directors' remuneration

 
                                                                   52 weeks  53 weeks 
                                                                       2020      2019 
                                                                     GBP000    GBP000 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Directors' remuneration(5)                                          (1,964)   (2,300) 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Amounts earned under Long--Term Incentive Plans (LTIP)                 (91)         - 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
 
Number of Directors accruing benefits under defined contribution 
 plans                                                                    1         2 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
 

5 These amounts include any cash supplements received in lieu of pension, details of the pension contributions are included in the Single Figure Tables of the Director's Remuneration Report in the Annual Report and Financial Statements. Details of the highest paid Director details are also included in the Single Figure Tables of the Directors' Remuneration Report.

6. Specific items and pension cost to cash difference adjustment

 
                                                              52 weeks  53 weeks 
                                                                  2020      2019 
                                                                  GBPm      GBPm 
------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Pension charge to cash difference adjustment (within People 
 costs)                                                          (108)      (70) 
------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Operating specific items: 
Impairment of assets                                              (91)      (68) 
Legacy/other credits/(costs)                                         3       (7) 
Regulatory fine                                                   (51)         - 
Amortisation of intangible assets in acquisitions                 (19)      (20) 
Employee Free Shares charge                                        (4)      (22) 
RMSEPP settlement                                                    -      (64) 
------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Total operating specific items                                   (162)     (181) 
Non-operating specific items: 
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment                 89        15 
Net pension interest                                                86        79 
------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Total non-operating specific items                                 175        94 
------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Total specific items                                                13      (87) 
------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Tax credit on certain specific items and the pension charge 
 to cash difference                                                 60        27 
------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
 

The difference between the pension charge and cash cost (pension charge to cash difference adjustment) largely comprises the difference between the IAS 19 income statement pension charge rate of 20.8 per cent of pensionable pay for the Defined Benefit Cash Balance Scheme (DBCBS) from 1 April 2019 and the actual employer cash payments agreed with the Trustee of 15.6 per cent.

An impairment review of the Parcelforce Worldwide business identified that the carrying value of the assets exceeded their value in use, resulting in a GBP91 million impairment (see 'Key sources of estimation uncertainty' in Note 1 for more details).

Following the Competition Appeal Tribunal judgment of 12 November 2019, a provision for a fine from Ofcom of GBP50 million and GBP1 million associated interest has been made in the financial statements.

7. Taxation

 
                                                                52 weeks  53 weeks 
                                                                    2020      2019 
                                                                    GBPm      GBPm 
--------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Tax charged in the income statement 
Current income tax: 
Current UK income tax charge                                         (5)      (21) 
Foreign tax                                                         (55)      (48) 
--------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Current income tax charge                                           (60)      (69) 
Amounts over-provided in previous years                                5         5 
--------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Total current income tax charge                                     (55)      (64) 
Deferred income tax: 
Effect of change in tax rates                                          6         - 
Relating to origination and reversal of temporary differences         35         3 
Amounts under-provided in previous years                             (5)       (5) 
--------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Total deferred income tax credit/(charge)                             36       (2) 
--------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Tax charge in the consolidated income statement                     (19)      (66) 
--------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
 
Tax credited to other comprehensive income 
Current tax: 
--------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Tax credit on foreign currency translation                             -         1 
--------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Deferred tax: 
Tax credit in relation to remeasurement gains of the defined 
 benefit pension schemes                                               -         2 
Tax credit on revaluation of cash flow hedges                         11         1 
--------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Total deferred income tax credit                                      11         3 
--------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Total tax credit in the consolidated statement of other 
 comprehensive income                                                 11         4 
--------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
 

In addition to the amount charged to the income statement and other comprehensive income, the following amount relating to tax has been recognised directly in equity:

 
                                                                   52 weeks  53 weeks 
                                                                       2020      2019 
                                                                       GBPm      GBPm 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Deferred tax: 
Change in estimated excess tax deductions related to share-based 
 payments                                                                 1       (1) 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Total deferred income tax credit/(charge) recognised directly 
 in equity                                                                1       (1) 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
 

Reconciliation of the total tax charge

A reconciliation of the tax charge in the income statement and the UK rate of corporation tax applied to accounting profit for the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2020 and 53 weeks ended 31 March 2019 is shown below.

 
                                                                       52 weeks  53 weeks 
                                                                           2020      2019 
                                                                           GBPm      GBPm 
=====================================================================  ========  ======== 
Profit before tax                                                           180       241 
---------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
 
At UK statutory rate of corporation tax of 19% (2018-19: 
 19%)                                                                      (34)      (46) 
Effect of different tax rates on non-UK profits and losses                  (5)         3 
Tax under-provided in previous years(1)                                       -       (3) 
Non-deductible expenses                                                     (4)       (6) 
Impairment of goodwill                                                        -      (13) 
Tax reliefs and incentives (including previous years) 
 (2)                                                                       (13)         6 
Tax effect of property disposals (including previous years)                  21         5 
Tax effect of closure of RMPP to future accrual                             (2)       (2) 
Net pension interest credit                                                  17        15 
Insurance policy settlement for the RMSEPP                                    -      (12) 
Regulatory fine                                                            (10)         - 
Net decrease/(increase) in tax charge resulting from non-recognition 
 of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities                               6       (8) 
Share-based payments - deferred tax-only adjustments                        (1)       (5) 
Effect of change in tax rates                                                 6         - 
---------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Tax charge in the consolidated income statement                            (19)      (66) 
---------------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
 

1 In 2018-19 the tax under-provided of GBP3 million is different to the total tax underprovided in the income statement of GBP5 million as certain items have been disaggregated, specifically, tax overprovided of GBP2 million related to tax reliefs and incentives and tax overprovided of GBP1 million relating to the tax effect of property disposals.

2 Tax reliefs and incentives of GBP(13) million includes GBP(16) million in relation to an increase in an uncertain tax provision for tax relief claimed in prior years.

Deferred tax

 
                                     (Charged)/        Credited 
                                       credited              to    Credited      Charged 
                                 At          to           other          to   to foreign  Jurisdictional         At 
Deferred tax by balance     1 April      income   comprehensive     changes     exchange        right of   29 March 
 sheet category 52             2019   statement          income   in equity      reserve          offset       2020 
 weeks 2020                    GBPm        GBPm            GBPm        GBPm      GBPm(3)            GBPm       GBPm 
-------------------------  --------  ----------  --------------  ----------  -----------  --------------  --------- 
Liabilities 
Accelerated capital 
 allowances                     (6)         (2)               -           -            -               -        (8) 
Employee share schemes          (1)           -               -           1            -               -          - 
Intangible assets              (57)           4               -           -          (1)               -       (54) 
Hedging derivatives 
 temporary differences          (1)           -               1           -            -               -          - 
-------------------------  --------  ----------  --------------  ----------  -----------  --------------  --------- 
                               (65)           2               1           1          (1)               -       (62) 
Jurisdictional right 
 of offset                       10           -               -           -            -             (2)          8 
-------------------------  --------  ----------  --------------  ----------  -----------  --------------  --------- 
Deferred tax liabilities       (55)           2               1           1          (1)             (2)       (54) 
-------------------------  --------  ----------  --------------  ----------  -----------  --------------  --------- 
Assets 
Deferred capital 
 allowances                       6           8               -           -            -               -         14 
Pensions temporary 
 differences                     13          20               -           -            -               -         33 
Provisions and other             18           7               -           -            -               -         25 
Losses available 
 for offset against 
 future taxable income           35         (1)               -           -            -               -         34 
R&D expenditure credit            2           -               -           -            -               -          2 
Hedging derivative 
 temporary differences            -           -              10           -            -               -         10 
-------------------------  --------  ----------  --------------  ----------  -----------  --------------  --------- 
                                 74          34              10           -            -               -        118 
Jurisdictional right 
 of offset                     (10)           -               -           -            -               2        (8) 
-------------------------  --------  ----------  --------------  ----------  -----------  --------------  --------- 
Deferred tax assets              64          34              10           -            -               2        110 
-------------------------  --------  ----------  --------------  ----------  -----------  --------------  --------- 
 
Net deferred tax 
 asset                            9          36              11           1          (1)               -         56 
-------------------------  --------  ----------  --------------  ----------  -----------  --------------  --------- 
 

3 Included in foreign exchange translation differences - exchange differences on translation of foreign operations within Other comprehensive income.

 
                                            (Charged)/        Credited 
                                              credited              to 
                                        At          to           other     Charged                           At 
Deferred tax by balance           26 March      income   comprehensive    directly       Acquisition   31 March 
 sheet category                       2018   statement          income   to equity   of subsidiaries       2019 
 53 weeks 2019                        GBPm        GBPm            GBPm        GBPm              GBPm       GBPm 
-------------------------------  ---------  ----------  --------------  ----------  ----------------  --------- 
Liabilities 
Accelerated capital allowances         (3)           -               -           -               (3)        (6) 
Pensions temporary differences         (1)           1               -           -                 -          - 
Employee share schemes                 (1)           1               -         (1)                 -        (1) 
Intangible assets                     (48)           6               -           -              (15)       (57) 
Hedging derivatives temporary 
 differences                           (2)           -               1           -                 -        (1) 
-------------------------------  ---------  ----------  --------------  ----------  ----------------  --------- 
                                      (55)           8               1         (1)              (18)       (65) 
Jurisdictional right of 
 offset                                 10           -               -           -                 -         10 
-------------------------------  ---------  ----------  --------------  ----------  ----------------  --------- 
Deferred tax liabilities              (45)           8               1         (1)              (18)       (55) 
-------------------------------  ---------  ----------  --------------  ----------  ----------------  --------- 
Assets 
Deferred capital allowances             14         (8)               -           -                 -          6 
Pensions temporary differences           -          11               2           -                 -         13 
Provisions and other                    19         (1)               -           -                 -         18 
Losses available for offset 
 against 
 future taxable income                  48        (13)               -           -                 -         35 
R&D expenditure credit                   1           1               -           -                 -          2 
-------------------------------  ---------  ----------  --------------  ----------  ----------------  --------- 
                                        82        (10)               2           -                 -         74 
Jurisdictional right of 
 offset                               (10)           -               -           -                 -       (10) 
-------------------------------  ---------  ----------  --------------  ----------  ----------------  --------- 
Deferred tax assets                     72        (10)               2           -                 -         64 
-------------------------------  ---------  ----------  --------------  ----------  ----------------  --------- 
 
Net deferred tax asset                  27         (2)               3         (1)              (18)          9 
-------------------------------  ---------  ----------  --------------  ----------  ----------------  --------- 
 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset within the same jurisdiction where the Group has a legally enforceable right to do so. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances (after offset) for balance sheet presentation purposes.

 
                                             At 29   At 31 
                                             March   March 
                                              2020    2019 
Deferred tax - balance sheet presentation     GBPm    GBPm 
------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
Liabilities 
GLS group                                     (54)    (55) 
------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
Deferred tax liabilities                      (54)    (55) 
------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
Assets 
GLS group                                        8       7 
Net UK position                                102      57 
------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
Deferred tax assets                            110      64 
------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
Net deferred tax asset                          56       9 
------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
 

The deferred tax position shows an increased overall asset in the reporting year to 29 March 2020. This is primarily due to the increase in accounting deficit of the DBCBS pension scheme, the effect of the increased UK corporation tax rate from 17 per cent to 19 per cent and the deferred tax asset recognition from losses on derivatives used for hedging.

GLS has deferred tax assets and liabilities in various jurisdictions which cannot be offset against one another. The main elements of the liability relate to goodwill and intangible assets in GLS Germany, for which the Group has already taken tax deductions, and intangible assets in relation to acquisitions in Canada and Spain.

At 29 March 2020, the Group had unrecognised tax losses and temporary differences of GBP278 million (2018-19: GBP333 million) with a tax value of GBP80 million (2018-19: GBP85 million). Unrecognised deferred tax in relation to tax losses comprises GBP73 million (2018-19: GBP63 million) relating to losses of GBP249 million (2018-19: GBP215 million) in GLS, that are available for offset against future profits if generated in the relevant GLS companies, and GBP1 million (2018-19: GBP9 million) in relation to GBP7 million (2018-19: GBP51 million) of historical UK non-trading and capital losses carried forward. Other unrecognised amounts comprise GBP6 million (2018-19: GBP5 million) relating to GLS other temporary differences of GBP22 million (2018-19: GBP18 million) and GBPnil (2018-19: GBP8 million) relating to UK other temporary differences of GBPnil (2018-19: GBP49 million). The Group has not recognised these deferred tax assets on the basis that it is not sufficiently certain of its capacity to utilise them in the future.

The Group also has temporary differences in respect of GBP187 million (2018-19: GBP191 million) of capital losses, the tax effect of which is GBP35 million (2018-19: GBP32 million) in respect of assets previously qualifying for industrial buildings allowances. Further temporary differences exist in relation to GBP388 million (2018-19: GBP421 million) of gains for which rollover relief has been claimed, the tax effect of which is GBP74 million (2018-19: GBP72 million). No tax liability would be expected to crystallise on the basis that, were the assets (into which the gains have been rolled over) to be sold at their residual values, no capital gain would arise.

Changes to UK corporation tax rate

The UK corporation tax rate is 19 per cent. The previously announced reduction to 17 per cent has been redacted following the Budget 2020. In accordance with accounting standards the deferred tax balances in these financial statements have been adjusted to effect this change.

8. Earnings per share

 
                                         52 weeks 2020                                      53 weeks 2019 
                           ----------------------------------  -------------------------------------------  -------- 
                                           Specific                                               Specific 
                                          items and                                              items and 
                                            pension                                                pension 
                           Reported   adjustment(1)  Adjusted          Reported              adjustment(1)  Adjusted 
-------------------------  --------  --------------  --------  ----------------  -------------------------  -------- 
Profit for the year 
 (GBPmillion)                   161            (35)       196               175                      (130)       305 
-------------------------  --------  --------------  --------  ----------------  -------------------------  -------- 
Weighted average number 
 of shares issued 
 (million)                      999             n/a       999             1,000                        n/a     1,000 
-------------------------  --------  --------------  --------  ----------------  -------------------------  -------- 
Basic earnings per 
 share (pence)                 16.1             n/a      19.6              17.5                        n/a      30.5 
-------------------------  --------  --------------  --------  ----------------  -------------------------  -------- 
Diluted earnings per 
 share (pence)                 16.1             n/a      19.6              17.5                        n/a      30.5 
-------------------------  --------  --------------  --------  ----------------  -------------------------  -------- 
 
 

1 Further details of the specific items and pension adjustment total can be found in the Financial Review.

The diluted earnings per share for the year ended 29 March 2020 is based on a weighted average number of shares of 1,001,079,845 (2018-19: 1,000,375,291) to take account of the potential issue of 658,250 (2018-19: 445,534) ordinary shares resulting from the Deferred Share Bonus Plans (DSBP) and 1,451,301 (2018-19: nil) ordinary shares resulting from the Long Term Incentive Plans (LTIP).

No ordinary shares (2018-19: 88) were issued in respect of the Save As You Earn (SAYE) scheme which ceased in the prior year.

The 1,029,706 (2018-19: 70,331) shares held in an Employee Benefit Trust for the settlement of options and awards to current and former employees are treated as treasury shares for accounting purposes. The Company, however, does not hold any shares in treasury.

9. Dividends

 
                                 52 weeks    53 weeks 
                                     2020        2019  52 weeks  53 weeks 
                                    Pence       Pence      2020      2019 
Dividends on ordinary shares    per share   per share      GBPm      GBPm 
-----------------------------  ----------  ----------  --------  -------- 
Final dividends paid                 17.0        16.3       169       162 
Interim dividends paid                7.5         8.0        75        80 
-----------------------------  ----------  ----------  --------  -------- 
Total dividends paid                 24.5        24.3       244       242 
-----------------------------  ----------  ----------  --------  -------- 
 

In view of the current economic uncertainty, the Board believes it is prudent not to recommend a final dividend for the financial year ended 29 March 2020 (31 March 2019: 17.0 pence per share).

10. Retirement benefit plans

Summary pension information

 
                                                               52 weeks  53 weeks 
                                                                   2020      2019 
                                                                   GBPm      GBPm 
-------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Ongoing UK pension service costs 
UK defined benefit plans (including administration costs)(1)      (397)       (374) 
UK defined contribution plan                                       (97)        (82) 
UK defined benefit and defined contribution plans' Pension 
 Salary Exchange (PSE) employer contributions(2)                  (178)     (172) 
-------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Total UK ongoing pension service costs                            (672)     (628) 
GLS pension costs accounted for on a defined contribution 
 basis                                                              (7)       (7) 
-------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Total Group ongoing pension service costs                         (679)     (635) 
-------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Cash flows relating to ongoing pension service costs 
UK defined benefit plans' employer contributions(3)               (288)       (304) 
Defined contribution plans' employer contributions                (104)        (89) 
UK defined benefit and defined contribution plans' PSE 
 employer contributions                                           (178)     (172) 
-------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Total Group cash flows relating to ongoing pension service 
 costs                                                            (570)     (565) 
-------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
RMSEPP death in service and administration expenses                 (1)       (2) 
Pension-related accruals (timing difference)                          -         2 
-------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
Pension charge to cash difference adjustment                      (108)      (70) 
-------------------------------------------------------------  --------  -------- 
 
 
                                     At 29   At 31 
                                     March   March 
                                      2020    2019 
                                      '000    '000 
----------------------------------  ------  ------ 
UK pension plans - active members 
UK defined benefit plan                 79      83 
UK defined contribution plan            54      51 
----------------------------------  ------  ------ 
Total                                  133     134 
----------------------------------  ------  ------ 
 

1 These pension service costs are charged to the income statement. They represent the cost (as a percentage of pensionable payroll - 20.8 per cent (2018-19: 41.0 per cent for the RMPP until 31 March 2018 and 18.9 per cent for the DBCBS from 1 April 2018) of the increase in the defined benefit obligation due to members earning one more year's worth of pension benefits. They are calculated in accordance with IAS 19 and are based on market yields (high quality corporate bonds and inflation) at the beginning of the reporting year. Pensions administration costs for the RMPP of GBP9 million (2018-19: GBP8 million) and the DBCBS of GBP4 million (2018-19: GBP2 million) continue to be included within the Group's ongoing UK pension service costs.

2 Eligible employees who are enrolled into Pension Salary Exchange (PSE) opt out of making employee contributions to their pension and the Group makes additional contributions in return for a reduction in basic pay.

3 The employer contribution cash flow rate of 15.6 per cent forms part of the payroll expense and is paid in respect of the DBCBS (2018-19 contributions included RMPP contributions of 17.1 per cent to 31 March 2018 and DBCBS contributions of 15.6 per cent from 1 April 2018). These contribution rates are set following each actuarial funding valuation, usually every three years. These actuarial valuations are required to be carried out on assumptions determined by the Trustee and agreed by Royal Mail, and will be required in respect of the DBCBS, the first full valuation for this will be performed as at 31 March 2021.

In the period, the Group operated the following plans.

UK Defined Contribution plan

Royal Mail Group Limited, the Group's main operating subsidiary, operates the Royal Mail Defined Contribution Plan (RMDCP). This plan was launched in April 2009 and is open to employees who joined the Group from 31 March 2008, following closure of the RMPP to new members.

Ongoing UK defined contribution plan costs have increased from GBP135 million in 2018-19 to GBP169 million (including GBP72 million PSE costs). This is mainly due to the continued increase in plan membership and an increase in the average employer's contribution rate from 8.0 per cent in 2018-19 to 8.6 per cent in 2019-20. This increase is largely as a result of members electing to transfer to the standard section which is subject to higher Group contribution rates, following a Government-mandated increase in contribution rates for members not in the standard section from 3 per cent to 5 per cent on 6 April 2019.

UK Defined Benefit plans

Royal Mail Pension Plan (RMPP)(4)

The RMPP is funded by the payment of contributions to separate trustee administered funds. The RMPP includes sections A, B and C, each with different terms and conditions.

-- Section A is for members (or beneficiaries of members) who joined before 1 December 1971;

-- Section B is for members (or beneficiaries of members) who joined on or after 1 December 1971 and before 1 April 1987, or for members of Section A who chose to receive Section B benefits; and

-- Section C is for members (or beneficiaries of members) who joined on or after 1 April 1987 and before 1 April 2008.

Section A/B members built up a pension of 1/80th of pensionable salary plus a tax-free lump sum of 3/80ths of pensionable salary for each year of pensionable service, until 31 March 2018.

Section C members built up a pension of 1/60th of pensionable salary for each year of pensionable service, until 31 March 2018. If they want to take a tax-free lump sum at retirement they do so by exchanging some of their pension.

From 1 April 2018, Section A/B and C members began building up benefits on a DBCBS basis.

Royal Mail Pensions Trustees Limited acts as the corporate Trustee to the RMPP. Within the Trustee, there is a Trustee Board of nine nominated Trustee Directors. The Trustee Board is supported by an executive team of pension management professionals. They provide day to day plan management, advise the Trustee on its responsibilities and ensure that decisions are fully implemented.

The Trustee has several responsibilities. It must always act in the best interests of all RMPP beneficiaries - including active members, deferred members, pensioners and beneficiaries. Specifically, it must pay all benefits as they fall due under the Trust Deed and Rules. The Trustee is responsible for:

-- monitoring the RMPP - to help protect benefits, the Trustee monitors the financial strength of the participating employers;

-- investing contributions - the Trustee invests the member and employer contributions in a mix of equities, bonds, property and other investments including derivatives. It holds the contributions and investments on behalf of the members; and

-- keeping members informed - the Trustee sends active members an annual benefit illustration together with a summary of the RMPP's annual report and accounts.

No RMPP service contributions were made during 2019-20. One week of service contributions was paid during 2018-19 up to when the scheme closed on 31 March 2018. This payment was paid at 17.1 per cent in accordance with the 8 May 2017 Schedule of Contributions. As the March 2018 valuation continued to show the scheme in surplus, no deficit correction payments are expected to be made.

An agreement has been made with the Pension Trustee to ringfence certain employer contributions in an escrow arrangement in order to give the Trustee and the Group more flexibility over how these assets are best used for the benefit of members in future. These contributions are not considered to be Plan assets as the Trustee does not have control over the assets. This balance is included within non-current financial assets.

4 Any references to the RMPP relate to the scheme's defined pension liabilities built up to 31 March 2018. Members built up DBCBS benefits from 1 April 2018.

Defined Benefit Cash Balance Scheme (DBCBS)

A Defined Benefit Cash Balance Scheme (DBCBS) has been in place since 1 April 2018. This is a transitional arrangement until the proposed Collective Defined Contribution (CDC) scheme can be established. Active former Section A/B and C members are accruing benefits under the DBCBS from 1 April 2018. Section F of the RMPP is for active former RMDCP members who became eligible to join the RMPP and have accrued DBCBS benefits from 1 April 2018.

DBCBS members build up a guaranteed lump sum benefit of 19.6 per cent of their pensionable pay each year. Although there are no guaranteed increases to this lump sum the aim is to provide above inflation increases, and the Trustee invests the scheme assets accordingly. If the value of the DBCBS assets were to fall below the value of the members' guaranteed lump sum benefits then no increases would be awarded until asset values had recovered as the Group has a legal obligation to prevent a decrease in the asset value. From an assessment of announcements and internal communications made to members of the scheme to date and taking into account the first increase granted in March 2020, Management is of the view that there is a constructive obligation to provide an increase to the lump sum, as scheme members would have a reasonable expectation of returns of CPI plus two per cent.

The Group signed a Schedule of Contributions on 19 July 2019. This covers a period of five years from the date of certification of the schedule i.e. until July 2024. In accordance with this schedule, the Group is required to make payments totalling 15.6 per cent per annum of pensionable payroll in respect of DBCBS.

Royal Mail Senior Executives Pension Plan (RMSEPP)

Royal Mail Group Limited also contributes to a smaller defined benefit plan for executives: RMSEPP. This closed in December 2012 to future accrual, therefore the Group makes no regular future service contributions. In accordance with the Schedule of Contributions agreed as part of the 2018 triennial valuation, a final deficit payment of GBP1 million was paid in 2018-19, together with GBP1 million in respect of death-in-service lump sum benefits and administration expenses. In accordance with the new Schedule of Contributions signed on 25 March 2019, GBP500,000 has been paid in 2019-20 and is due to be paid per annum for the period 1 April 2020 to 31 March 2025.

Following the purchase of an additional insurance policy in September 2018 in respect of all remaining pensioners and deferred members it was decided to proceed to buy-out and wind-up the Plan. As a result, the purchase of the insurance policy was treated as a settlement in the 2018-19 financial statements. The difference between the IAS 19 surplus before and after the transaction resulted in GBP64 million being charged to the income statement as an operating specific item. Further progress towards buy-out and winding-up of the Plan has been made in the current year, and the target is to have the process completed in 2021.

All benefit payments due from the RMSEPP remain unchanged. The insurance policies held by the RMSEPP exactly match the value and timing of the benefits payable to individual members and the fair value is deemed to be the present value of the related obligations. The total value of the buy-in annuity policies in place is GBP296 million (31 March 2019: GBP335 million) and is included as a pension asset and a pension liability at 29 March 2020(5) .

A liability of GBP2 million (2018-19: GBP2 million) has been recognised for future payment of pension benefits to a past Director.

Accounting and actuarial funding surplus position (RMPP, RMSEPP and DBCBS)

In addition to the accounting valuations calculated in accordance with IAS 19, actuarial funding valuations are carried out every three years by actuaries commissioned by trustees for the purposes of calculating contributions and funding requirements. The main difference between the accounting and actuarial funding valuations is that different rates are used to discount the projected scheme liabilities. The accounting valuation uses yields on high quality corporate bonds and the actuarial funding valuation uses gilt yields. As the accounting discount rate is higher than the actuarial funding discount rate, this leads to a lower computed liability.

The triennial valuation of RMPP at 31 March 2018 was agreed on 19 July 2019. Based on this set of assumptions rolled forward, the RMPP actuarial surplus at 29 March 2020 was estimated to be around GBP575 million. The DBCBS will be subject to triennial actuarial valuations in the future and the first full valuation for this will be performed as at 31 March 2021. A draft DBCBS funding position has however been calculated based on the assumption that the funding surplus is equal to the amount held in respect of the risk reserve. Under this method, the DBCBS actuarial surplus was estimated to be around GBP18 million.

Below is a summary of the combined plans' assets and liabilities on an accounting (IAS 19) and actuarial funding basis.

   5      In accordance with IAS 19. 
 
                               DBCBS             DBCBS        RMPP and RMSEPP 
                           Accounting (IAS      Actuarial      Accounting (IAS     RMPP and RMSEPP 
                                 19)             funding             19)           Actuarial funding 
-----------------------  ------------------  --------------  ------------------  -------------------- 
                            At 29     At 31   At 31   At 31     At 29     At 31      At 31      At 31 
                            March     March   March   March     March     March      March      March 
                             2020      2019    2020    2019      2020      2019       2020       2019 
                             GBPm      GBPm    GBPm    GBPm      GBPm      GBPm       GBPm       GBPm 
-----------------------  --------  --------  ------  ------  --------  --------  ---------  --------- 
Fair value of 
 plans' assets 
 (11(b) below)(6)             730       402     735     402    11,989    10,803     11,700     10,877 
Present value 
 of plans' liabilities      (907)     (474)   (717)   (393)   (6,429)   (7,097)   (11,116)   (10,818) 
-----------------------  --------  --------  ------  ------  --------  --------  ---------  --------- 
(Deficit)/surplus 
 in plans (pre 
 withholding tax 
 payable)(7)                (177)      (72)      18       9     5,560     3,706        584         59 
Withholding tax 
 payable                      n/a       n/a     n/a     n/a   (1,946)   (1,298)        n/a        n/a 
-----------------------  --------  --------  ------  ------  --------  --------  ---------  --------- 
(Deficit)/surplus 
 in plans(8)                (177)      (72)      18       9     3,614     2,408        584         59 
-----------------------  --------  --------  ------  ------  --------  --------  ---------  --------- 
 

6 The difference between accounting and actuarial funding asset fair values on 29 and 31 March 2020 arises from the different year end dates used for the valuation of the assets, and in both years due to the valuation of the RMSEPP buy-in assets under both methods.

7 Any reference to a withholding tax adjustment relates to withholding tax payable on distribution of a pension surplus.

8 On an actuarial funding basis, the excess of DBCBS assets over liabilities is as a result of the risk reserve.

There is no element of the present value of the plans' liabilities above that arises from plans that are wholly unfunded.

Having taken legal advice with regard to the rights of the Group under the Trust deeds and rules, the Directors believe there is a right to recognise a pension surplus on an accounting basis. The Directors do not believe that the surplus in the RMPP on an accounting basis will result in a surplus on an actuarial funding basis. However, the Directors are required to account for the plans based on the Group's legal right to benefit from a surplus, using long-term actuarial funding assumptions current at the reporting date, as required by IFRS. As the Group has a legal right to benefit from a surplus in the RMPP and RMSEPP, under IAS 19 and IFRIC 14, it must recognise the economic benefit it considers to arise from either a reduction to its future contributions or a refund of the surplus. This is a technical adjustment made on an accounting basis. There is no cash benefit from the surplus.

The legal right to benefit from a surplus has not changed as a result of the Group's decision to close the RMPP, however any surplus is no longer considered to be recoverable as a reduction to future employer contributions. Therefore the surplus is considered to be available as a refund. This surplus is presented net of a withholding tax adjustment of GBP1,942 million (at 31 March 2019: GBP1,294 million) on the balance sheet, which represents the tax that would be withheld on the surplus amount.

Included in the IAS 19 figures in the table above is a RMSEPP surplus at 29 March 2020 of GBP10 million (pre-withholding tax payable) (at 31 March 2019: GBP10 million surplus). Any actuarial surplus will remain in the RMPP for the benefit of members until the point at which all benefits have been paid out or secured.

As the RMSEPP is also closed to future accrual, the surplus is considered to be available as a refund as per IFRIC 14 and, as such, is shown net of a withholding tax adjustment of GBP4 million (at 31 March 2019: GBP4 million) on the balance sheet, which represents the tax that would be withheld on the surplus amount.

The Group does not currently expect that the total cash contribution rate for all of the schemes as a percentage of pensionable pay will materially change over the next five years nor does it expect any deficit payments to be required.

Guaranteed Minimum Pensions (GMP)

Pension schemes are now under an obligation to address the issue of unequal Guaranteed Minimum Pensions (GMP). From Royal Mail's perspective, the transfer of RMPP's historical pension liabilities to HM Government in 2012, in accordance with the Postal Services Act 2011, included all of the Plan's GMP liabilities. The requirement to remove the inequality in former RMPP benefits deriving from GMPs therefore rests with Government.

The RMSEPP, however, does still have its GMP liabilities and will be required to take action to equalise benefits. The Trustees' actuaries estimate that the cost of GMP equalisation will be less than GBP0.5 million. This is still subject to further legal clarification on exact equalisation requirements, and also to the actual equalisation approach adopted.

The following disclosures relate to the major assumptions, sensitivities, assets and liabilities in the RMPP, RMSEPP and DBCBS.

a) Major long-term assumptions used for accounting (IAS 19) purposes - RMPP, RMSEPP and DBCBS

IAS 19 assumptions will be derived separately for the legacy RMPP and DBCBS, in particular taking into account the different weighted durations of the future benefit payments. The RMSEPP will continue in line with legacy RMPP benefits.

The major assumptions used to calculate the accounting position of the pension plans are as follows:

 
                                                 At 29 March  At 31 March 
                                                        2020         2019 
-----------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Retail Price Index (RPI)                                2.5%         3.2% 
Consumer Price Index (CPI)                              1.7%         2.2% 
Discount rate - RMPP/RMSEPP(9) 
 - nominal                                              2.2%         2.4% 
 - real (nominal less RPI)                            (0.3%)       (0.8%) 
Discount rate - DBCBS(10) 
 - nominal                                              2.2%         2.2% 
 - real (nominal less RPI)                            (0.4%)       (1.0%) 
Rate of increase in pensionable salaries(11)        RPI-0.1%     RPI-0.1% 
Rate of increase for deferred pensions                   CPI          CPI 
Rate of pension increases - RMPP Sections A/B            CPI          CPI 
Rate of pension increases - RMPP Section C(11)      RPI-0.1%     RPI-0.1% 
Rate of pension increases - RMSEPP members 
 transferred from Section A or B of RMPP                 CPI          CPI 
Rate of pension increases - RMSEPP all other 
 members(11)                                        RPI-0.1%     RPI-0.1% 
Rate of pension increases - DBCBS benefits          CPI+2.0%     CPI+2.0% 
Life expectancy from age 60 - for a current 
 40/60 year old male RMPP member                 28/26 years  28/26 years 
Life expectancy from age 60 - for a current 
 40/60 year old female RMPP member               30/28 years  29/27 years 
-----------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 
   9      The discount rate reflects the average duration of the RMPP benefits of around 27 years 

10 The discount rate reflects the average duration of the DBCBS benefits of 15 years. The pension service cost applicable from 1 April 2019 is based on 31 March 2019 assumptions.

11 The rate of increase in salaries, and the rate of pension increase for Section C members (who joined the RMPP on or after April 1987) and RMSEPP 'all other members', is capped at five per cent, which results in the average long-term pension increase assumption being 10 basis points lower than the RPI long-term assumption.

Retail Price Index

Historically the Group's calculations have been based on an assumed gap of 100bps between RPI and CPI rates. The UK Statistics Authority and HM Treasury are however currently jointly consulting on reforming the methodology of the Retail Price Index (RPI) with a view to abolishing this measure and replacing this with something close to CPI as a universal measure of inflation. As a result, the market appears to be pricing in a narrower gap between RPI and CPI, particularly after 2030. The Group has therefore adjusted its assumption for this measure to an 80bps gap, being the weighted average of the expected gap over the duration of the liabilities. The impact of this adjustment is approximately GBP65 million for RMPP and GBP25 million for DBCBS. It is expected that the RPI CPI gap will continue to decrease in future periods.

Mortality

The RMPP assumptions are based on the latest Self-Administered Pension Scheme (SAPS) S2 mortality tables with appropriate scaling factors (118 per cent for male pensioners (2018-19: 118 per cent) and 116 per cent for female pensioners (2018-19: 116 per cent)). Future improvements are based on the CMI 2017 core projections (smoothing factor 8.0 (2018-19: 8.0)) with a long-term trend of 1.5 per cent per annum (2018-19: 1.5 per cent). These assumptions were adopted following a mortality study undertaken as part of the March 18 actuarial valuation.

Sensitivity analysis for RMPP and DBCBS liabilities

The RMPP and DBCBS liabilities are sensitive to changes in key assumptions. The potential impact of the largest sensitivities on the RMPP and DBCBS liabilities is as follows:

 
                                                                  Potential     Potential 
                                                                   increase      increase 
                                                                         in            in 
                                                                      DBCBS          RMPP 
                                                                liabilities   liabilities 
Key assumption change                                                  GBPm          GBPm 
-------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Additional one year of life expectancy                                    -           230 
 
Increase in inflation rate (both RPI and CPI simultaneously) 
 of 0.1% p.a.                                                            13           155 
Decrease in discount rate of 0.1% p.a.                                   13           155 
Increase in CPI assumption (assuming RPI remains constant) 
 of 0.1% p.a.                                                            13            30 
Increase in constructive obligation of 0.1% p.a.                         13             - 
 
Increase in inflation rate (both RPI and CPI simultaneously) 
 of 0.5% p.a.                                                            70           780 
Decrease in discount rate of 0.5% p.a.                                   65           680 
Increase in CPI assumption (assuming RPI remains constant) 
 of 0.5% p.a.                                                            70           170 
-------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
 

This sensitivity analysis has been determined based on a method that assesses the impact on the defined benefit obligation, resulting from reasonable changes in key assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting year. The discount rate and RPI sensitivities are calculated using the mean term of the relevant section to derive the impact of a 0.1 per cent / 0.5 per cent change in assumption. For the RPI/CPI gap, the approach is the same for DBCBS, but for legacy RMPP, the liabilities as at 31 March 2019 are considered to derive an accurate impact in percentage terms. This percentage is then applied to the liabilities at March 2020. This approach is unchanged from the prior year, although any change in mean terms will impact the sensitivities. Changes inverse to those in the table (e.g. an increase in discount rate) would have the opposite effect on liabilities.

As a result of the current COVID-19 pandemic, there has been significant volatility in these assumptions in recent months. At the end of May corporate bond yields had fallen significantly and as a result the discount rate was 100 basis points lower than the rate at the year end date for the DBCBS scheme and 90 basis points lower than the rate at year end for the RMPP scheme. The majority of the scheme's liabilities are however, hedged with government gilts, and yields in these have decreased from 2.35 per cent to 1.52 per cent in the same period.

b) RMPP, RMSEPP and DBCBS assets

 
                                        At 29 March 2020           At 31 March 2019 
                                    ------------------------  --------------------------- 
                                    Quoted  Unquoted   Total   Quoted  Unquoted     Total 
                                      GBPm      GBPm    GBPm     GBPm      GBPm      GBPm 
----------------------------------  ------  --------  ------  -------  --------  -------- 
Equities 
 UK                                      -        21      21       10         -      10 
 Overseas                               21        33      54      319        74     393 
Bonds 
 Fixed interest - UK                   292        18     310      268        69     337 
     - Overseas                        137        82     219       56       394     450 
Pooled investments 
 Absolute return                         -       496     496        -       649     649 
 Equity                                  -        86      86        -       152     152 
 Private equity                          -       163     163        -        80      80 
 Fixed interest                          -       402     402        -       501     501 
 Private debt                            -       455     455        -       202     202 
 Property                                -        59      59        -        52      52 
 Liability-driven investments(12)    9,104       234   9,338    7,126       270   7,396 
Property (UK)                            -       343     343        -       295     295 
Cash and cash equivalents              468         -     468      385         -     385 
Other                                    3         -       3        1       (6)     (5) 
Derivatives                              -         6       6      (7)      (20)    (27) 
RMSEPP buy-in annuity policies           -       296     296        -       335       335 
----------------------------------  ------  --------  ------  -------  --------  -------- 
Total plans' assets                 10,024     2,695  12,719    8,158     3,047    11,205 
----------------------------------  ------  --------  ------  -------  --------  -------- 
 

12 A portfolio of largely gilt and swap contracts that is designed to hedge the majority of the interest rate and inflation risk associated with the Plans' obligations. At 29 March 2020 it included GBP9.3 billion of index-linked gilts, GBP353 million in short-term money market funds and GBP132 million of swaps, offset by negative fair value investments of GBP505 million of repurchase agreements and GBP77 million of cash and similar instruments.

There were no open equity futures or options derivatives within this portfolio at 29 March 2020 (2018-19: GBPnil). GBP8.8 billion (2018-19: GBP7 billion) of HM Government bonds are primarily included in the liability-driven investments balance above. The plans' assets do not include property or assets used by the Group or shares of Royal Mail plc at 29 March 2020 (2018-19: GBPnil).

Risk exposure and investment strategy

The investment strategy of the RMPP Trustee aims to safeguard the assets of the Plan and to provide, together with contributions, the financial resource from which benefits are paid. Investments are inevitably exposed to risks. The risks inherent in the investment markets are partially mitigated by pursuing a widely diversified approach across asset classes and investment managers. The RMPP uses derivatives (such as swaps, forwards and options), from time to time to reduce risks whilst maintaining expected investment returns. The RMPP Trustee recognises that there is a natural conflict between improving the potential for positive return and limiting the potential for poor return. The RMPP Trustee has specified objectives for the investment policy that seeks to balance these requirements.

The RMPP's liabilities and assets are impacted by movements in interest rates and inflation. In order to reduce the risk of movements in these rates driving the RMPP into a funding deficit, the RMPP Trustee has hedged the funding liabilities which it was estimated would be built up by March 2018. It has done this predominantly through investment in index-linked gilts and derivatives (interest rate and inflation rate swaps and gilt repurchase agreements) held in liability-driven investments providing economic exposure to gilts and swap rates. The nature of risks and their mitigation process are similar for the DBCBS.

The change in value of the liability-hedging assets is predominantly reflected in the liability-driven investment values, which have increased from GBP7,396 million at 31 March 2019 to GBP9,338 million at 29 March 2020.

The notional value covered by the inflation rate swaps (full exposure to the relevant asset class incurred by entering into a derivative contract) held in a specific managed portfolio for this purpose at 29 March 2020 was GBP2.4 billion (2018-19: GBP2.4 billion). The notional value covered by the interest rate swaps at 29 March 2020 was GBP0.3 billion (2018-19: GBP1.5 billion).

The equity exposure of the RMPP has been reduced by means of a short Total Return Swap (TRS). This is a derivative that can be used to reduce exposure to a particular asset class without selling the physical assets held. TRS were introduced in order to reduce downside risk whilst broadly maintaining the existing expected returns. The TRS has a market value as at 29 March 2020 of GBP9 million (2018-19: GBP(20) million) included in the derivative values above. The TRS economically offsets GBP62 million at 29 March 2020 (2018-19: GBP303 million) of the Plan's global equity market exposure.

The RMPP's liabilities are impacted by longer than expected life expectancy resulting in higher than expected payout levels. Although this risk is not hedged, mortality studies are undertaken as part of actuarial funding valuations and where appropriate updated assumptions are adopted for accounting valuations.

A fall in yields on AA- rated corporate bonds, used to set the IAS 19 discount rates, will lead to an increase in the IAS 19 liabilities. The RMPP's assets included corporate bonds, HM Government bonds and interest rate derivatives that are expected to partly offset the impact of movements in the discount rate. However, yields on these assets may diverge compared with the discount rate in some scenarios.

In the pension schemes, many of the Inflation linked increases that apply are restricted to a maximum increase of five per cent in any year. Therefore, the pension schemes give some protection from this risk of significantly higher levels of inflation (i.e. above five per cent a year), as many of the increases in the schemes would be restricted to five per cent in this scenario.

The spread of investments continues to balance security and growth in order to pay the RMPP benefits when they become due.

In addition to property and cash, the RMSEPP holds two buy-in annuity policies totalling GBP296 million at 29 March 2020 (2018-19: GBP335 million) to match its liabilities.

Further details on key sources of estimation uncertainty relating to pension assets can be found in the significant accounting policies section, 'Sources of estimation uncertainty and critical accounting judgments', including details on how the assets have been valued.

c) Movement in RMPP and RMSEPP assets, liabilities and net position

Changes in the value of the defined benefit pension liabilities, fair value of the plans' assets and the net defined benefit surplus are analysed as follows:

 
                                           Defined benefit    Defined benefit    Net defined benefit 
                                                asset            liability             surplus 
                                          -----------------  -----------------  --------------------- 
                                              2020     2019      2020     2019        2020       2019 
                                              GBPm     GBPm      GBPm     GBPm        GBPm       GBPm 
----------------------------------------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ----------  --------- 
Retirement benefit surplus 
 (before withholding tax payable) 
 at 1 April 2019 and 26 March 
 2018                                       10,803   10,361   (7,097)  (7,038)       3,706      3,323 
Amounts included in the income 
 statement: 
Ongoing UK defined benefit 
 pension plan and administration 
 costs (included in people costs)              (9)      (8)         -      (5)         (9)       (13) 
RMSEPP settlement - operating 
 specific item                                   -     (64)         -        -           -       (64) 
Pension interest income/(cost)(13)             258      247     (169)    (168)          89         79 
----------------------------------------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ----------  --------- 
Total included in profit before 
 tax                                           249      175     (169)    (173)          80          2 
----------------------------------------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ----------  --------- 
Amounts included in other comprehensive 
 income - remeasurement gains/(losses) 
Actuarial gain/(loss) arising 
 from: 
Financial assumptions                            -        -       751    (197)         751      (197) 
Demographic assumptions                          -        -      (17)      169        (17)        169 
Experience assumptions                           -        -        19       67          19         67 
Return on plans' assets (excluding 
 interest income)                            1,020      344         -        -       1,020        344 
----------------------------------------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ----------  --------- 
Total remeasurement gains of 
 the defined benefit surplus                 1,020      344       753       39       1,773        383 
----------------------------------------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ----------  --------- 
Other 
Employer contributions(14)                       1        3         -        -           1          3 
Employee contributions                           -        -         -        -           -          - 
Benefits paid                                 (84)     (78)        84       78           -          - 
Curtailment costs                                -        -         -        -           -          - 
Movement in pension-related 
 accruals                                        -      (2)         -      (3)           -        (5) 
----------------------------------------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ----------  --------- 
Total other movements                         (83)     (77)        84       75           1        (2) 
----------------------------------------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ----------  --------- 
Retirement benefit surplus 
 (before withholding tax payable) 
 at 29 March 2020 and 31 March 
 2019                                       11,989   10,803   (6,429)  (7,097)       5,560      3,706 
----------------------------------------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ----------  --------- 
Withholding tax payable                        n/a      n/a       n/a      n/a     (1,946)    (1,298) 
----------------------------------------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ----------  --------- 
Retirement benefit surplus 
 (net of withholding tax payable) 
 at 29 March 2020 and 31 March 
 2019                                          n/a      n/a       n/a      n/a       3,614      2,408 
----------------------------------------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ----------  --------- 
 

13 Pension interest income results from applying the plans' discount rate at 31 March 2019 to the plans' assets at that date. Similarly, the pension interest cost results from applying the plans' discount rate as at 31 March 2019 to the plans' liabilities at that date.

14 Excludes payments into pension escrow investments of GBPnil (2018-19: GBP7 million) but includes PSE contributions of GBPnil (2018-19: GBP1 million).

d) Movement in DBCBS assets, liabilities and net position

Changes in the value of the defined benefit pension liabilities, fair value of the plans' assets and the net defined benefit deficit since the start of the scheme on 1 April 2018 are analysed as follows:

 
                                            Defined benefit    Defined benefit    Net defined benefit 
                                                      asset          liability                deficit 
----------------------------------------  -----------------  -----------------  --------------------- 
                                              2020     2019      2020     2019        2020       2019 
                                              GBPm     GBPm      GBPm     GBPm        GBPm       GBPm 
----------------------------------------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ----------  --------- 
Retirement benefit at 1 April 
 2019 and 
 26 March 2018                                 402        -     (474)        -        (72)          - 
Amounts included in the income 
 statement 
Ongoing UK defined benefit 
 pension plan and administration 
 costs (included in People costs)              (4)      (2)     (485)    (465)       (489)      (467) 
Pension interest income/(cost)(15)              13        -      (16)        -         (3)          - 
----------------------------------------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ----------  --------- 
Total included in profit before 
 tax                                             9      (2)     (501)    (465)       (492)      (467) 
----------------------------------------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ----------  --------- 
Amounts included in other comprehensive 
 income - remeasurement losses 
Actuarial gain/(loss) arising 
 from: 
Financial assumptions                            -        -        49     (16)          49       (16) 
Experience assumptions                           -        -       (1)        -         (1)          - 
Return on plan assets                         (51)        8         -        -        (51)          8 
----------------------------------------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ----------  --------- 
Total remeasurement (losses)/gains 
 of the defined benefit deficit               (51)        8        48     (16)         (3)        (8) 
----------------------------------------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ----------  --------- 
Other 
Employer contributions(16)                     390      403         -        -         390        403 
Employee contributions                           4        4       (4)      (4)           -          - 
Benefits paid                                 (24)     (11)        24       11           -          - 
----------------------------------------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ----------  --------- 
Total other movements                          370      396        20        7         390        403 
----------------------------------------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ----------  --------- 
Retirement benefit deficit 
 at 29 March 2020 
 and 31 March 2019                             730      402     (907)    (474)       (177)       (72) 
----------------------------------------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ----------  --------- 
 

15 Pension interest income results from applying the plans' discount rate at 31 March 2019 to the plans' assets at that date. Similarly, the pension interest cost results from applying the plans' discount rate as at 31 March 2019 to the plans' liabilities at that date.

   16    Includes PSE contributions of GBP106 million (2018-19 GBP110 million). 

11. Acquisition of businesses

On 30 September 2019, General Logistics Systems North America Inc., a subsidiary of General Logistics Systems (GLS), acquired MVE and MVFS, leading overnight and second day freight service providers based in California. This information includes the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognised as at the date of acquisition. Costs related to this acquisition recognised as an expense within other operating costs in the income statement amounted to GBP0.4 million.

 
                                              MVE and MVFS 
                                                     Total 
                                                      GBPm 
--------------------------------------------  ------------ 
Tangible assets acquired                                17 
Intangible assets recognised on acquisition              7 
Trade and other receivables                              5 
Cash and cash equivalents                                2 
Goodwill recognised on acquisition                       2 
--------------------------------------------  ------------ 
Total assets acquired                                   33 
Trade and other payables                               (3) 
Loans and leases                                      (10) 
--------------------------------------------  ------------ 
Net assets acquired                                     20 
--------------------------------------------  ------------ 
Cash paid during the year                               17 
Consideration deferred                                   3 
--------------------------------------------  ------------ 
Total consideration                                     20 
--------------------------------------------  ------------ 
 

The fair value of trade debtors is equal to the gross contractual amounts receivable. A review of trade debtors did not indicate any recoverability issues.

The intangible assets recognised relate to customer lists and brands. The goodwill of GBP2 million arising on this acquisition is non-tax deductible.

No material fair value adjustments have been identified in respect of the remaining assets and liabilities acquired in the year.

Revenue generated from these entities since the date of acquisition is GBP22 million and profit is GBP1 million. If these combinations had taken place at the beginning of the financial year, revenue generated would have been GBP47 million and the profit would have been GBP3 million.

There are no non-controlling interests in relation to this acquisition.

12. Leases

The adoption of IFRS 16 significantly impacts the Group balance sheet at the 1 April 2019 transition date, ROU assets have been recognised as 'property, plant and equipment' along with the associated lease liabilities. Certain prepayment, onerous lease provision and rent incentive balances have also been impacted. The table below shows the line by line impact on the balance sheet.

IFRS 16 transition impact on the Group balance sheet

 
                                 Reported           Reported 
                                       at                 at 
                                 31 March  IFRS 16   1 April 
                                     2019   impact      2019 
                                     GBPm     GBPm      GBPm 
------------------------------  ---------  -------  -------- 
Non-current assets 
Property, plant and equipment       2,066    1,045     3,111 
Deferred tax assets                    64        -        64 
Other non-current assets            3,647        -     3,647 
------------------------------  ---------  -------  -------- 
                                    5,777    1,045     6,822 
Assets held for sale                   36        -        36 
------------------------------  ---------  -------  -------- 
Current assets 
Trade and other receivables         1,310     (20)     1,290 
Other current assets                  278        -       278 
------------------------------  ---------  -------  -------- 
                                    1,588     (20)     1,568 
------------------------------  ---------  -------  -------- 
Total assets                        7,401    1,025     8,426 
------------------------------  ---------  -------  -------- 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables          (1,883)        4   (1,879) 
Lease liabilities                    (37)    (118)     (155) 
Provisions                           (58)        1      (57) 
Other current liabilities            (11)        -      (11) 
------------------------------  ---------  -------  -------- 
                                  (1,989)    (113)   (2,102) 
Non-current liabilities 
Lease liabilities                    (88)    (944)   (1,032) 
Deferred tax liabilities             (55)        -      (55) 
Provisions                          (104)        1     (103) 
Other non-current liabilities       (546)       32     (514) 
------------------------------  ---------  -------  -------- 
                                    (793)    (911)   (1,704) 
------------------------------  ---------  -------  -------- 
Total liabilities                 (2,782)  (1,024)   (3,806) 
------------------------------  ---------  -------  -------- 
Net assets                          4,619        1     4,620 
------------------------------  ---------  -------  -------- 
 
Equity 
Retained earnings                   4,576        1     4,577 
Other equity                           43        -        43 
------------------------------  ---------  -------  -------- 
Total equity                        4,619        1     4,620 
------------------------------  ---------  -------  -------- 
 

Reconciliation of operating lease commitments to the equivalent IFRS 16 lease liabilities at 31 March 2019

 
                                                                      GBPm 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  ------- 
Undiscounted operating lease future minimum lease payments at 31 
 March 2019                                                        (1,327) 
Irrecoverable VAT included in future minimum lease payments at 
 31 March 2019(1)                                                       88 
Impact of discounting(2)                                               182 
Short-term/low-value leases(3)                                          18 
Other reconciling items (net)                                         (23) 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  ------- 
IAS 17 operating lease liabilities at 31 March 2019 in scope for 
 IFRS 16                                                           (1,062) 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  ------- 
 

1 Irrecoverable VAT was included in the operating lease commitments at 31 March 2019, under IFRS 16 this irrecoverable VAT is not included in the lease liability.

2 The previously disclosed lease commitments are undiscounted, whilst the IFRS 16 obligations have been discounted using RMG's incremental borrowing rate.

3 The Group has elected to apply the exemption from recognising leases for short-term and low value assets on the balance sheet.

The Group primarily leases office buildings and letter and parcel processing facilities. At 29 March 2020 the Group held approximately 1,110 land and building leases (994 at 1 April 2019 on transition to IFRS 16). The Group also has leases for some of its vehicle fleet and plant and equipment used in the operation. Leases are negotiated on an individual basis and may include extension or termination options.

The lease liabilities are reported as follows in the balance sheet:

 
                                                       At 29      At 31 
                                                       March      March 
                                                        2020       2019 
                                                   ---------  --------- 
                                                     Present    Present 
                                                       value      value 
                                                          of         of 
                                                       lease      lease 
                                                    payments   payments 
Lease liabilities                                       GBPm       GBPm 
-------------------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
Current liabilities 
Lease liabilities due within one year                  (201)       (37) 
Non-current liabilities 
Lease liabilities due between one and five years       (575)       (74) 
Lease liabilities due beyond five years                (412)       (14) 
-------------------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 

The right of use assets resulting from lease agreements are detailed below.

 
                                                           Plant 
                                            Land and         and      Motor        Fixtures 
                                           Buildings   machinery   vehicles   and equipment  Total 
Right of use assets                             GBPm        GBPm       GBPm            GBPm   GBPm 
----------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ---------  --------------  ----- 
At 29 March 2020 
Cost                                           1,096         195        504               4  1,799 
    Additions                                    109           3         29               -    141 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment 
 losses                                        (133)       (125)      (275)             (1)  (534) 
    Deprecation charge                         (128)        (25)       (55)             (1)  (209) 
----------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ---------  --------------  ----- 
Carrying amount                                  963          70        229               3  1,265 
----------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ---------  --------------  ----- 
 

Leases in the income statement

Leases are presented in the income statement as detailed below.

 
                                                                   52 weeks 
                                                                       2020 
                                                                       GBPm 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  -------- 
Other operating income 
Sublease income                                                           3 
 
Material expenses 
Expenses from short-term/low-value leases                              (44) 
Variable lease payments not included in the measurement of lease 
 liabilities                                                           (10) 
 
Depreciation and impairment losses 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets                                   (209) 
 
Net finance costs 
Interest expense on lease liabilities                                  (30) 
-----------------------------------------------------------------  -------- 
 

The Group engages in sale and leaseback transactions for plant and machinery and vehicles, cash received from these transactions in the year was GBP6 million (2018-19: GBP13 million).

The Group has GBP6 million of lease liabilities and right of use assets that are unrecognised at 29 March 2020 resulting from leases that have been signed but are yet to commence.

At 29 March 2020, the Group have signed a conditional agreement for a lease. Subject to discharge of the conditions, the intention is to complete the lease during the 2021-22 financial year. When completed, the lease liability and right of use asset to be recognised is expected to be circa GBP80 million.

13. Goodwill

 
                                         2020   2019 
                                         GBPm   GBPm 
======================================  =====  ===== 
Cost 
At 1 April 2019 and 26 March 2018         821    715 
Exchange rate movements                    25    (7) 
Acquisition of businesses                   2    113 
--------------------------------------  -----  ----- 
At 29 March 2020 and 31 March 2019        848    821 
--------------------------------------  -----  ----- 
Impairment 
At 1 April 2019 and 26 March 2018         441    391 
Exchange rate movements                    17    (3) 
Impairments (Operating specific item)       -     53 
--------------------------------------  -----  ----- 
At 29 March 2020 and 31 March 2019        458    441 
--------------------------------------  -----  ----- 
 
Net book value: 
--------------------------------------  -----  ----- 
At 29 March 2020 and 31 March 2019        390    380 
--------------------------------------  -----  ----- 
At 31 March 2019 and 25 March 2018        380    324 
--------------------------------------  -----  ----- 
 

GLS Europe

The carrying value of goodwill of GBP390 million (2018-19: GBP380 million) at the balance sheet date includes GBP270 million (2018-19: GBP257 million) in relation to GLS' European network (GLS Europe CGU - cash generating unit). The carrying value of the GLS European network, is GBP787 million. The CGU has been assessed for impairment by comparing the carrying value of the CGU to its recoverable amount, being the CGU's value in use. The value in use has been calculated by discounting cash flows for a five year period with the period beyond five years assumed to have a perpetuity growth rate of 0.4 per cent. All cash flows of the CGU have been discounted to present value at the CGU's post-tax WACC of 9.0 per cent. The pre-tax discount rate was 10.0 per cent. The recoverable amount was deemed to be significantly in excess of the carrying value of the CGU.

GLS US excluding Mountain Valley Express (MVE)

The GLS US businesses represent two separate CGUs, comprising the US West coast operations (Golden State Overnight Delivery Services Inc. (GSO) and Postal Express Inc. (PEX)), and the newly acquired Mountain Valley Express and Mountain Valley Freight Solutions businesses. In the prior year, all the goodwill in the GSO/PEX CGU was fully impaired, along with other tangible and intangible fixed assets. The GLS US turnaround plan, initiated last year, is progressing well with losses in GSO and PEX reduced by GBP7m during the year.

Mountain Valley Express (MVE)

During the reporting year, GLS acquired Mountain Valley Express and Mountain Valley Freight Solutions (together 'MVE') which resulted in the recognition of GBP2 million goodwill. An impairment review was performed comparing the carrying amount of the MVE CGU of GBP20 million, to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount has been calculated by discounting cash flows for a five year period with the period beyond five years assumed to have a perpetuity growth rate of 0.7 per cent. All cash flows of the CGU have been discounted to present value at the CGU's post-tax WACC of 13.0 per cent. The pre-tax discount rate was 18.0 per cent. This impairment assessment identified that the CGU has headroom of GBP9 million.

GLS Canada

In the prior reporting year, GLS acquired Dicom Canada which resulted in the recognition of GBP110 million goodwill. The value of the goodwill at 29 March 2020 is GBP106 million. The carrying value of this CGU is GBP211 million.

To assess the CGU for impairment, the carrying amount has been compared to its value in use which has been calculated by discounting cash flows covering a period of five years with the period beyond five years assumed to have a perpetuity growth rate of 1.4 per cent. All cash flows have been discounted to present value using a post-tax discount rate of 10.0 per cent. The pre-tax discount rate was 13.0 per cent. Based on these assumptions the CGU has a headroom of GBP29 million.

For the MVE and GLS Canada CGUs, sensitivity analysis has been conducted on the impairment tests for each of the key assumptions. The assumptions used and the impact of sensitivities on these assumptions are shown below.

 
                                                            Used in impairment        Rate required 
                                                                 assessment          to erode headroom 
                                                          ======================  ===================== 
                                                           Discount                Discount 
                                                               rate   Perpetuity       rate  Perpetuity 
                           Carrying                Value      (post       growth      (post   (decline) 
                              value   Goodwill    in use       tax)         rate       tax)        rate 
CGU                            GBPm       GBPm      GBPm          %            %          %           % 
========================  =========  =========  ========  =========  ===========  =========  ========== 
Mountain Valley Express 
 (MVE)                           20          2        29       13.0          0.7       17.4       (8.3) 
GLS Canada                      211        106       240       10.0          1.4       11.1       (0.1) 
------------------------  ---------  ---------  --------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------- 
 

The remaining goodwill of GBP13 million (2018-19: GBP13 million) arising from an aggregation of goodwill on business acquisitions, each being a separate CGU within the UKPIL segment, is supportable but not material in the context of the Group's total goodwill.

14. Cash and cash equivalents

 
                                                          At 29   At 31 
                                                          March   March 
                                                           2020    2019 
                                                           GBPm    GBPm 
=======================================================  ======  ====== 
Cash at bank and in hand                                    209     141 
Client cash                                                  21      20 
Cash equivalent investments: Short-term bank and money 
 market fund investments                                  1,410      75 
-------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------ 
Total                                                     1,640       236 
-------------------------------------------------------  ------  -------- 
 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise amounts held physically in cash, bank balances available on demand and deposits for three months or less, dependent on the immediate cash requirements of the Group. Where interest is earned, this is either at floating or short-term fixed rates based upon bank deposit rates.

Client cash is cash collected from consignees by GLS on behalf of its posting customers. It is maintained in separate bank accounts to the cash of the business so it can be tracked and reconciled.

15. Loans and borrowings

 
                                                              At 29 March 2020 
                        ============================================================================================ 
                                                                                                  Average 
                                                                     Average                     maturity    Average 
                                                                    interest                         date   maturity 
                                        Further                      rate of                      of loan       date 
                          Loans and   committed                   loan drawn          Basis of      drawn    of loan 
                         borrowings    facility  Total facility         down          interest       down   facility 
                               GBPm        GBPm            GBPm            %   rate chargeable       Year       Year 
======================  ===========  ==========  ==============  ===========  ================  =========  ========= 
Syndicated bank                                                                     LIBOR plus 
 loan facilities                700         225             925          0.9          0.70%(1)       2020       2024 
EUR500 million 
 bond - 2.375% Senior                                                                 Fixed at 
 Fixed Rate Notes               446           -             446          2.5              2.5%       2024       2024 
EUR550 million 
 bond - 1.25% Senior                                                                  Fixed at 
 Fixed Rate Notes               489           -             489       2.7(2)           2.7%(2)       2026       2026 
----------------------  -----------  ----------  --------------  -----------  ----------------  ---------  --------- 
Total                         1,635         225           1,860          1.9                         2023       2025 
----------------------  -----------  ----------  --------------  -----------  ----------------  ---------  --------- 
 

1 The total margin over LIBOR consists of a 0.40 per cent margin and a utilisation fee of 0.30% (as the facility was over two thirds drawn at 29 March 2020, the utilisation fee is 0.075 per cent when the facility is under one third drawn).

2 On 8 October 2019, Royal Mail plc issued a EUR550 million bond with coupon of 1.25 per cent and maturity date of 8 October 2026. To hedge the foreign exchange risk, Royal Mail chose to take out a cross currency swap. The combined interest rate of the coupon and the cross currency swap is 2.7 per cent.

 
                                                              At 31 March 2019 
                        ============================================================================================ 
                                                                                                  Average 
                                                                     Average                     maturity    Average 
                                                                    interest                         date   maturity 
                                        Further                      rate of                      of loan       date 
                          Loans and   committed                   loan drawn          Basis of      drawn    of loan 
                         borrowings    facility  Total facility         down          interest       down   facility 
                               GBPm        GBPm            GBPm            %   rate chargeable       Year       Year 
======================  ===========  ==========  ==============  ===========  ================  =========  ========= 
Syndicated bank                                                                  LIBOR plus 
 loan facilities                  -       1,050           1,050          n/a        0.55%             n/a       2022 
EUR500 million 
 bond - 2.375% Senior                                                             Fixed at 
 Fixed Rate Notes               430           -             430          2.5        2.5%             2024       2024 
Loans in overseas                                                                 Fixed at 
 subsidiaries                     1           -               1          0.9        0.9%             2022       2022 
----------------------  -----------  ----------  --------------  -----------  ----------------  ---------  --------- 
Total                           431       1,050           1,481          2.5                         2024       2022 
----------------------  -----------  ----------  --------------  -----------  ----------------  ---------  --------- 
 

The EUR500 million bond, issued in July 2014, is shown net of issue discount and fees and at a closing spot rate of GBP1/EUR1.118 (2018-19: GBP1/EUR1.158). The effective interest rate on the bond of 2.5 per cent (2018-19: 2.5 per cent) consists of the interest coupon of 2.375 per cent (2018-19: 2.375 per cent) plus the unwinding of the discount and fees on issuing the bond of 0.08 per cent (2018-19: 0.08 per cent). The bond is designated as a hedge of the net investment in GLS, which has the Euro as its functional currency. During the year, a loss of GBP15 million (2018-19: GBP5 million gain) on the retranslation of this borrowing was transferred to other comprehensive income, which offsets the gains on translation of the net investment in GLS. There was no hedge ineffectiveness in the current or comparative reporting years.

On 8 October 2019, Royal Mail plc issued a EUR550 million bond with coupon of 1.25 per cent and maturity date of 8 October 2026. To hedge the foreign exchange risk, Royal Mail chose to take out a cross currency swap. The combined interest rate of the coupon and the cross currency swap is 2.7 per cent. The EUR550 million bond is shown net of issue discount and fees and at a closing spot rate of GBP1/EUR1.118. The effective interest rate on the bond plus the cross currency swap (2.7 per cent) consists of the interest coupon of 1.25 per cent plus the effects of the cross currency swap (1.00 per cent) and the unwinding of the discount and fees on issuing the bond (0.40 per cent). The revaluation of the bond is hedged by the cross currency swap. The exchange rate on the Bond on issue in October 2019 of GBP1/EUR1.120 was similar to the closing spot rate of GBP1/EUR1.118, meaning that there was no material loss on the retranslation of this borrowing and no corresponding movements on the cross currency swap. There was no hedge ineffectiveness in the current year.

The syndicated bank loan facility can be cancelled and any loans drawn under the facility can become repayable immediately on the occurrence of an event of default under the loan agreements. These events of default include non-payment, insolvency and breach of covenants. On 24 June 2020, a covenant amendment was agreed that waived the financial covenants relating to interest (excluding arrangement fees), adjusted net debt and EBITDA until March 2022, replacing them with a quarterly minimum liquidity covenant. It is not anticipated that the Group is at risk of breaching any of these amended obligations.

The existing financial covenants require the Group to maintain the (leverage) ratio of adjusted net debt to EBITDA below 3.5:1 and EBITDA to interest (excluding certain arrangement fees) above 3.5:1. The covenant ratios are calculated on an IAS 17 basis for leases. Adjusted net debt consists of net debt less leases capitalised under IFRS 16, plus Letters of Credit (contingent liabilities in respect of the UKPIL insurance programme, where the possibility of an outflow of economic benefits is considered remote) and is adjusted for exchange rate movements during the year. EBITDA is adjusted to deduct operating lease expense on leases capitalised under IFRS 16 and to remove transformation costs and certain specific items (the pension charge to cash difference is not removed). Interest is adjusted to remove interest on leases capitalised under IFRS 16. The Group's leverage ratio at 29 March 2020 is 0.2:1 (2018-19: 0.5:1). The Group's ratio of EBITDA to interest at 29 March 2020 is 36.0:1 (2018-19: 72.8:1). Accordingly, the Group comfortably meets the covenants tests within its syndicated bank loan facilities agreement. The minimum liquidity covenant requires the Group to maintain at least GBP250 million of liquidity defined as cash, cash equivalent, current asset investments and undrawn, committed facilities (excluding the Covid Corporate Financing Facility).

The interest rate chargeable on the syndicated bank loan facility would increase if more than one third of the facility was drawn and also if the Group's leverage ratio exceeded 1:1. Under the loan agreement, the maximum interest rate chargeable would be LIBOR plus 2.05 per cent. The EUR500 million bond and the EUR550 million bond become repayable immediately on the occurrence of an event of default under the bond agreements. These events of default include non-payment and insolvency. It is not anticipated that the Group is at risk of breaching any of these obligations.

The undrawn committed facilities, in respect of which all conditions precedent had been met at the balance sheet date, were GBP225 million maturing in September 2024 (2018-19: GBP1,050 million of which GBP952 million maturing in March 2020 and GBP98 million maturing in March 2020).

There is no security in place under the syndicated bank loan facilities or the bonds.

The syndicated bank loan facility contains provision on a change of control of the Group for negotiation of the continuation of the agreement or cancellation by a lender. The EUR500 million bond and the EUR550 million bond both contain provisions such that, on a change of control that is combined with a credit rating downgrade in certain circumstances, the noteholders may require the Group to redeem or, at the Group's option, purchase the notes for their principal amount, together with interest accrued to (but excluding) the date of redemption or repurchase.

16. Provisions

 
                                                     Specific 
                                                        items  Other  Total 
                                                         GBPm   GBPm   GBPm 
===================================================  ========  =====  ===== 
Reported at 31 March 2019                               (100)   (62)  (162) 
IFRS 16 opening adjustments                                 -      2      2 
---------------------------------------------------  --------  -----  ----- 
Reported at 1 April 2019 on transition to IFRS 
 16                                                     (100)   (60)  (160) 
Arising during the year: 
Charged in operating specific items                      (45)      -   (45) 
Charged in other operating costs                            -   (62)   (62) 
Amounts reclassified in the period(1)                       -   (16)   (16) 
Utilised in the year                                        2     57     59 
Unwinding of discount - industrial diseases claims        (1)      -    (1) 
---------------------------------------------------  --------  -----  ----- 
At 29 March 2020                                        (144)   (81)  (225) 
---------------------------------------------------  --------  -----  ----- 
Disclosed as: 
Current                                                  (57)   (56)  (113) 
Non-current                                              (87)   (25)  (112) 
---------------------------------------------------  --------  -----  ----- 
At 29 March 2020                                        (144)   (81)  (225) 
---------------------------------------------------  --------  -----  ----- 
Disclosed as: 
Current                                                   (9)   (49)   (58) 
Non-current                                              (91)   (13)  (104) 
---------------------------------------------------  --------  -----  ----- 
At 31 March 2019                                        (100)   (62)  (162) 
---------------------------------------------------  --------  -----  ----- 
 
 
                                                     Specific 
                                                        items  Other  Total 
                                                         GBPm   GBPm   GBPm 
===================================================  ========  =====  ===== 
At 26 March 2018                                        (106)   (56)  (162) 
Arising during the year: 
Charged in operating specific items                       (1)      -    (1) 
Charged in other operating costs                            -   (73)   (73) 
Unused amounts released                                     3      4      7 
Utilised in the year                                        6     63     69 
Unwinding of discount - industrial diseases claims        (2)      -    (2) 
---------------------------------------------------  --------  -----  ----- 
At 31 March 2019                                        (100)   (62)  (162) 
---------------------------------------------------  --------  -----  ----- 
Disclosed as: 
Current                                                   (9)   (49)   (58) 
Non-current                                              (91)   (13)  (104) 
---------------------------------------------------  --------  -----  ----- 
At 31 March 2019                                        (100)   (62)  (162) 
---------------------------------------------------  --------  -----  ----- 
Disclosed as: 
Current                                                  (13)   (46)   (59) 
Non-current                                              (93)   (10)  (103) 
---------------------------------------------------  --------  -----  ----- 
At 25 March 2018                                        (106)   (56)  (162) 
---------------------------------------------------  --------  -----  ----- 
 

1 GBP16 million was reclassified to Other provisions during the period (previously presented within accruals) in respect of GLS liabilities, mainly in respect of employee benefits and litigation claims.

Below is a summary of the ageing profile of specific items and other provisions.

 
                                  At 29 March 2020                                   At 31 March 2019 
                  -------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------- 
                            Expected period of settlement                      Expected period of settlement 
                  -------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------- 
                                           Two to      After                                  Two to      After 
                     Within     One to       five       five            Within     One to       five       five 
                   one year  two years      years      years  Total   one year  two years      years      years  Total 
                       GBPm       GBPm       GBPm       GBPm   GBPm       GBPm       GBPm       GBPm       GBPm   GBPm 
================  =========  =========  =========  =========  =====  =========  =========  =========  =========  ===== 
Specific items 
Industrial 
 diseases 
 claims                 (5)        (3)        (9)       (68)   (85)        (3)        (3)        (9)       (68)   (83) 
German property 
 tax                      -          -          -          -      -          -        (5)          -          -    (5) 
Employee Free 
 Shares - NI              -          -          -          -      -        (4)          -          -          -    (4) 
Legacy property 
 costs                    -          -        (1)        (6)    (7)          -          -        (1)        (5)    (6) 
Regulatory fine        (51)          -          -          -   (51)          -          -          -          -      - 
Other                   (1)          -          -          -    (1)        (2)          -          -          -    (2) 
----------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----- 
Total                  (57)        (3)       (10)       (74)  (144)        (9)        (8)       (10)       (73)  (100) 
----------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----- 
Other 
Voluntary 
 redundancy            (12)          -          -          -   (12)       (11)          -          -          -   (11) 
Property 
 decommissioning 
 obligations            (3)        (2)        (5)        (4)   (14)        (5)        (3)        (3)        (5)   (16) 
Litigation 
 claims                (38)        (2)          -          -   (40)       (30)        (1)          -          -   (31) 
LTIP - NI                 -        (1)          -          -    (1)          -        (1)          -          -    (1) 
Employee 
 benefits               (2)        (1)        (7)          -   (10)          -          -          -          -      - 
Other                   (1)          -        (3)          -    (4)        (3)          -          -          -    (3) 
----------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----- 
Total                  (56)        (6)       (15)        (4)   (81)       (49)        (5)        (3)        (5)   (62) 
----------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----- 
 

On 14 August 2018, Ofcom published its decision following its investigation into whether Royal Mail had breached competition law. The investigation was launched in February 2014, following a complaint brought by TNT Post UK (now Whistl). Ofcom found that Royal Mail had abused its dominant position in the market for bulk mail delivery services in the United Kingdom by issuing Contract Change Notices on 10 January 2014 which introduced discriminatory prices. It fined Royal Mail GBP50 million. Royal Mail lodged an appeal with the Competition Appeal Tribunal (CAT) on 12 October 2018 to have both Ofcom's decision and fine overturned. On 12 November 2019, the CAT issued its judgment, which upheld Ofcom's decision and fine. In light of the CAT judgment, a provision has been made for GBP51 million, charged to operating specific items, representing the fine and associated interest.

In January 2020, RMG requested permission to appeal the CAT's judgment to the Court of Appeal (CoA). On 30 March 2020, the CoA granted Royal Mail permission and indicated that a hearing would be held over one-to-two days in mid-2021.

The potential liability for industrial diseases claims relating to both current and former employees of the Group arose in 2010 as a result of a Court of Appeal judgement that held the Group liable for diseases claims brought by individuals who were employed in the General Post Office Telecommunications division and whose employment ceased prior to October 1981. Consequently, a provision was first recognised in 2010-11. The Group has derived its current provision by using estimates and ranges calculated by its actuarial adviser, which are based on current experience of claims, and an assessment of potential future claims, the majority of which are expected to be received over the next 25 to 30 years. The Group has a rigorous process of ensuring that only valid claims are accepted.

Provisions for litigation claims mainly comprise outstanding liabilities in relation to road traffic accident and personal injury claims.

17. Contingent liabilities

In October 2018, Whistl filed a damages claim against Royal Mail at the High Court relating to Ofcom's decision of 14 August 2018, which found that Royal Mail had abused its dominant position (see Note 16). Whistl's High Court claim is on hold until after the completion of any further appeal process. Royal Mail believe Whistl's claim is without merit and will defend it robustly if Whistl decides to pursue it.

18. Events after the reporting period

Covid Corporate Financing Facility

On 30 April 2020 the Bank of England approved Royal Mail plc's application for the Covid Corporate Financing Facility. This provides a GBP600 million facility in line with other corporates of the same credit rating. There have been no drawings of this facility since the balance sheet date.

Management changes

On 15 May 2020 the Royal Mail plc Board and Rico Back agreed that he would step down as Group CEO and from the Board with immediate effect and leave Royal Mail on 15 August 2020.

Keith Williams assumed the role, with immediate effect, of interim Executive Chair to lead discussions with stakeholders about an accelerated pace of change across the business. He is expected to remain in this executive role until a permanent CEO of Royal Mail is appointed. Stuart Simpson has been appointed interim CEO of Royal Mail. This is a Board appointment. Michael Jeavons was appointed as interim Group CFO.

A comprehensive internal and external search for a permanent CEO of Royal Mail will be undertaken. In order to ensure greater focus, this permanent CEO of Royal Mail will report directly to the Board once Keith Williams returns to the role of non-executive Chairman.

Loan covenant amendment

On 24 June 2020, a covenant amendment was agreed that waived the financial covenants relating to interest (excluding arrangement fees), adjusted net debt and EBITDA until March 2022, replacing them with a quarterly minimum liquidity covenant.

Statement of Directors' responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and Financial Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and Parent Company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent Company financial statements for each financial year in accordance with applicable law and regulations. Under that law they are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU) and applicable law and have elected to prepare the Parent Company financial statements in accordance with UK accounting standards, including FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework.

Under Company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Parent Company and of their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and Parent Company financial statements, the Directors are required to:

   --      select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 
   --      make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant, reliable and prudent; 

-- for the Group financial statements, state whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU;

-- for the Parent Company financial statements, state whether applicable UK accounting standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the parent company financial statements;

-- assess the Group and Parent Company's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and

-- use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Parent Company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Parent Company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors' Report, Directors' Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Statement which complies with that law and those regulations.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company's website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement of the Directors in respect of the annual financial report.

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

-- the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and

-- the Directors' Report and the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the issuer and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

-- We consider the Annual Report and Financial Statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group's position and performance, business model and strategy.

This responsibility statement is approved by the Board of Directors and is signed on its behalf by:

Keith Williams

Interim Executive Chair

24 June 2020

Stuart Simpson

Interim Chief Executive Officer Royal Mail

24 June 2020

Forward Looking Statements

Disclaimers

This document contains certain forward-looking statements concerning the Group's business, financial condition, results of operations and certain of the Group's plans, objectives, assumptions, projections, expectations or beliefs with respect to these items. Forward-looking statements are sometimes, but not always, identified by their use of a date in the future or such words as 'anticipates', 'aims', 'due', 'could', 'may', 'will', 'should', 'expects', 'believes', 'intends', 'plans', 'potential', 'targets', 'goal' or 'estimates'.

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which may cause the Group's actual financial condition, performance and results to differ materially from the plans, goals, objectives and expectations set out in the forward-looking statements included in this document. Accordingly, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements.

By their nature, forward-looking statements relate to events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future and are inherently unpredictable. Such forward-looking statements should, therefore, be considered in light of various important factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These factors include, among other things: changes in the economies and markets in which the Group operates; changes in the regulatory regime within which the Group operates; changes in interest and exchange rates; the impact of competitive products and pricing; the occurrence of major operational problems; the loss of major customers; undertakings and guarantees relating to pension funds; contingent liabilities; the impact of legal or other proceedings against, or which otherwise affect, the Group; and risks associated with the Group's overseas operations.

All written or verbal forward-looking statements, made in this document or made subsequently, which are attributable to the Group or any persons acting on their behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the factors referred to above. No assurance can be given that the forward-looking statements in this document will be realised; actual events or results may differ materially as a result of risks and uncertainties facing the Group. Subject to compliance with applicable law and regulation, the Company does not intend to update the forward-looking statements in this document to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document, and does not undertake any obligation to do so.

This information is provided by RNS, the news service of the London Stock Exchange. RNS is approved by the Financial Conduct Authority to act as a Primary Information Provider in the United Kingdom. Terms and conditions relating to the use and distribution of this information may apply. For further information, please contact rns@lseg.com or visit www.rns.com.

END

FR EAAKSADLEEEA

(END) Dow Jones Newswires

June 25, 2020 02:00 ET (06:00 GMT)

Royal Mail (LSE:RMG)
Historical Stock Chart
Von Jul 2024 bis Aug 2024 Click Here for more Royal Mail Charts.
Royal Mail (LSE:RMG)
Historical Stock Chart
Von Aug 2023 bis Aug 2024 Click Here for more Royal Mail Charts.